The course aims to provide the key concepts of political science, starting from the problem of the definition of matter itself, both in its historical manifestations, and above all because of the theoretical elements that constitute it. In this sense, the main methodological institutes of political science will be analyzed, the themes and research prospects that are at the heart of contemporary politics will be deepened: from parties to pressure groups, from electoral systems to the problems of political representation to the functioning of parliaments; from the transformations of democracy to the new challenges brought to it by populist movements and parties, from totalitarianism to the interactions between economy and politics in the logic of globalization.
In this sense, the educational objectives that the course pursues are:
- knowledge and understanding in Political science key-items;
- applying knowledge and understanding in Political science key-items;
- making judgements and critical comprehension of the principal nowadays political phenomena;
- implementation of communication skills in political items:
- implementation of learning skills.
The course aims to introduce the discipline of Political Science, and more specifically Comparative Politics. After outlining the boundaries and characteristics of the discipline, and proposing some reflections on the object of study, the course develops a teaching proposal based on four integrated modules:
- Participation and Politics;
- Political movements and organizations (interest groups, social movements, parties and party systems);;
- Institutions (parliaments and governments; public policies);
- Regimes (democracies; authoritarianisms; totalitarianisms; European Union).
Each lecture of the course will start from insights offered by recent or contemporary political reality (with particular references to the Italian system), by proposing an analysis through concepts and analytical tools proper to the discipline. It is therefore highly recommended, from time to time, the prior reading of the chapters of the adopted textbook relevant to each lesson, in order to already handle the analytical tools for an informed participation in the lesson by the students and students. The proposal of specific short texts (to supplement the adopted textbook) in preparation for specific lessons is also possible.
examMode
The final test consists of 20 multiple-choice questions to be completed in a maximum time of 30 minutes.
Each of the 20 questions is graded according to difficulty (possible marks: 1, 1.5 or 2 points), up to a maximum of 31 points (=30 cum laude). The minimum mark for a pass is 18 points.
The multiple-choice questions aim to verify the achievement of the training objectives, and in particular: the full understanding of the founding concepts of the discipline, of the main research questions and methodological challenges ("Knowledge and ability to understand the main issues related to Political Science"), as well as the applicability of the concepts and notions illustrated in the course to contemporary political reality ("Applied knowledge and ability to understand the main issues related to Political Science"; "Autonomy of judgement and critical understanding of the main contemporary political phenomena"). Questions requiring greater deduction/abstraction skills are envisaged, in order to test the development of learning and communication skills in political science issues, as well as, again and centrally, the ability to critically understand the discipline's founding concepts and main research directions.
books
Main Textbooks
- G. Pasquino (2009), Nuovo corso di Scienza politica, Bologna: il Mulino (ch. 1, 2, 3)
- L. Morlino, D. Berg-Schlosser & B. Badie (2017), Scienza Politica. Una Prospettiva globale, Torino: Utet (ch. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16)
Alternative Textbook- G. Capano, S. Piattoni, F. Raniolo, L. Verzichelli (2021), Elements of Political Science, Bologna: il Mulino.
The slides of the lectures are available on the Moodle portal - https://moodle.unitus.it/moodle/unitus/docente/
mode
There will be lectures with a high level of interaction with students, who will be given continuous examples in order to demonstrate the usefulness of the illustrated concepts for understanding contemporary political phenomena.
Two mid-term tests are scheduled, each at the end of the two halves of the syllabus, in order to check the state of learning and to adequately prepare students for the final test.
classRoomMode
Non-compulsory. Lessons recorded.
bibliography
Main Textbooks
- G. Pasquino (2009), Nuovo corso di Scienza politica, Bologna: il Mulino (ch. 1, 2, 3)
- L. Morlino, D. Berg-Schlosser & B. Badie (2017), Scienza Politica. Una Prospettiva globale, Torino: Utet (ch. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16)
Alternative Textbook- G. Capano, S. Piattoni, F. Raniolo, L. Verzichelli (2021), Elements of Political Science, Bologna: il Mulino.
The slides of the lectures are available on the Moodle portal - https://moodle.unitus.it/moodle/unitus/docente/
16196 - LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - ENGLISH
SHULA MARY SWEENEY
First Semester
8
L-LIN/12
Learning objectives
The English Language and Translation Course for the first year of the degree course in Political Science and International Relations - for the Army Program - follows the suggestions contained in the SMD_FORM -004, the Directive for the assessment and certification of the language skills in the Military field, which, in turn, complies with the provisions regarding the standardization of the evaluation of the army language skills, following the STANAG 6001 revision (4th ed.). Therefore, it caters to students who already have basic knowledge of English and is aimed at developing specific skills at a pre-intermediate level (1 + / 2 Stanag level respectively) for active and passive skills in Military English. The course will focus on the development of reading and writing skills pertaining to communicative and specialist texts. At the end of the course, students will be able to give, ask and understand personal information, ask and answer questions about the work, tasks, and daily activities inside and outside of a military base as well as to report on past personal and professional life experiences. Although these skills won't be tasted during the final exam, their development won't be neglected during the course since language competence cannot be improved without an integrated and harmonious development of all the language skills.
Il Programma di Lingua e Traduzione Inglese per il primo anno del corso di Laurea in Scienze Politiche e Relazioni Internazionali - Curriculum Militare Esercito si ispira alle indicazioni contenute nella SMD_FORM -004, la Direttiva per la valutazione e la certificazione delle conoscenze linguistiche in ambito delle forze armate che, a sua volta, recepisce le disposizioni relative alla uniformazione delle valutazioni delle abilità linguistiche delle forze armate, facenti seguito alla revisione dello STANAG 6001, 4 ed. Pertanto si rivolge a studenti già in possesso delle conoscenze di base della lingua inglese ed è finalizzato allo sviluppo delle competenze specifiche, a livello pre-intermediate, livello 1+/2 dello Stanag, rispettivamente per le abilità produttive e ricettive, del settore dell'inglese militare. Si concentra, in particolare sullo sviluppo di abilità di lettura e scrittura di testi comunicativi e professionali. Alla fine del corso gli studenti dovranno essere in grado di fornire, chiedere e comprendere informazioni personali, chiedere e rispondere a domande riguardanti il lavoro, le mansioni, le attività quotidiane all'interno ed all'esterno di una base militare, nonché relazionare su passate esperienze di vita professionale e non. Benché non valutate con l'esame finale, le abilità orali saranno comunque curate con le attività del corso nella convinzione che le competenze linguistiche
non possano essere acquisite se non attraverso uno sviluppo armonico e complementare sia delle abilità attive che di quelle passive.
examMode
L'esame finale consisterà in un test integrato con prove di reading and writing da svolgersi senza l'ausilio del dizionario e vertente sui contenuti del corso. Verranno valutate le abilità di lettura e scrittura, mediante un test progressivo e sommativo diretto ad accertare sia le competenze sintattico grammaticali che l'apprendimento del linguaggio specialistico.
books
Raymond Murphy, English Grammar in Use. A self-study reference and practice book for intermediate learners of English,3rd ed., CUP.
Holly Brummel, Oliver Page, Loud and Clear, 2nd ed. SLEE.
SLEE, Line of Communication. 2nd ed.
Harold J. Williams, English for the Armed Forces, Eli.
classRoomMode
mandatory
bibliography
Raymond Murphy, English Grammar in Use. A self-study reference and practice book for intermediate learners of English,3rd ed., CUP.
Holly Brummel, Oliver Page, Loud and Clear, 2nd ed. SLEE.
SLEE, Line of Communication. 2nd ed.
Harold J. Williams, English for the Armed Forces, Eli.
18425 - INFORMATICA E CYBER SECURITY
VALERIO ORLANDI
First Semester
4
INF/01
Learning objectives
The course aims to provide a solid knowledge of the basic concepts of cybersecurity and information security from a legal and regulatory point of view with an integrated approach that considers the transversality and interdisciplinarity that characterises the subject.
In terms of knowledge and understanding, also applied, the course will provide students with the tools to understand and analyse cyber threats in the light of international standards of reference and sector regulations.
In addition, in terms of the autonomy of judgement, the course aims to provide the ability to develop informed and autonomous assessments of the events in the field of cybersecurity, comparing them to the basic computer knowledge provided, to the technical regulations of the sector as well as the current legislative framework on the protection of critical infrastructures and the repression of cybercrime.
Regarding communication skills and learning ability, a specific objective of the course is to provide the correct vocabulary for arguing in the field of cybersecurity, as well as the ability to recall and deepen their knowledge in the future.
The course aims to provide students with an overview of the risks associated with progressive digitisation, especially following recent cyber-attacks.
Particular attention will be paid to the following topics:
- the international standards of the sector;
- the legislative framework relating to the protection of networks, information systems and computer systems in the multi-level system;
- the study of criminal conduct committed online or by using IT and telematic tools, and personal data protection;
- Institutions responsible for protecting cybersecurity at national and European level.
examMode
The student's knowledge and understanding will be tested and assessed in the final examination.
The examination is written and covers the fundamental topics of the subject. Before the exam there will be a review lesson to allow the student to evaluate his skills in time to fill in any gaps and for the teacher to go back over the more difficult topics.
books
A. Contaldo, F. Peluso, Cybersecurity. La nuova disciplina italiana ed europea alla luce della direttiva NIS, Pacini, 2018;
A. Marengo, A. Pagano (a cura di), Informatica di base. Con aggiornamento online, McGraw-Hill Education, 2016.
mode
The course will be delivered in face-to-face classes
classRoomMode
Course attendance is mandatory
bibliography
View texts
120436 -
MARCO TONTINI
First Semester
14
ICAR/20
Learning objectives
CARTOGRAPHY AND PLANNING
The Cartography and Planning Course includes three technical-professional military disciplines, the macro-tank that includes Command and Control/Organization/Intelligence Preparation of the Operating Environment/Planning Process for Minor Units finalized, Technical-Tactical Procedures and Topography.
The objectives of the Course are multiple:
- provide the basic knowledge and skills for planning and conducting military activities at the lower command levels. Skills that are obtained by dealing with the Command and Control structures and relationships, the organic structure of the basic weapon units at regiment/brigade level, of the Army and of NATO.
- provide knowledge of the procedures for using the light infantry team and the ability to cover any command role within the rifle team through the study of the contemporary operational environment, with reference to the missions and tasks of the infantry.
- provide general knowledge of the topographic maps in use in the Armed Forces, on their use, on their orientation methods.
The course consists of two parts: in the first part, theories, tools and techniques of cartography and topography will be analysed. In the second part of the course, the knowledge learnt will be applied to analysing military spatial planning strategies.
examMode
The test will be written and cover the fundamental topics of the subject.
books
Borden D. Dent, Cartography: Thematic Map Design (2008);
Roger C. Molt, Geospatial Intelligence: Origins and Evolution
(2010);
John O. Gonsalves, Military Geography: For Professionals and the Public (2009);
Peter A. Burrough & R. A. McDonnell, Principles of Geographical Information Systems" (1998);
David Newman, The Geography of Conflict: A Global Perspective (2005);
Colonel (Ret.) C. A. S. R. J. Gomes, Military Planning and Strategy: A New Approach (2014).
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
Borden D. Dent, Cartography: Thematic Map Design (2008);
Roger C. Molt, Geospatial Intelligence: Origins and Evolution
(2010);
John O. Gonsalves, Military Geography: For Professionals and the Public (2009);
Peter A. Burrough & R. A. McDonnell, Principles of Geographical Information Systems" (1998);
David Newman, The Geography of Conflict: A Global Perspective (2005);
Colonel (Ret.) C. A. S. R. J. Gomes, Military Planning and Strategy: A New Approach (2014).
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
METHODOLOGY AND DIDACTICS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES I
STEFANO MENCARINI
First Semester
14
M-EDF/01
Learning objectives
Methods and teaching of motor activities 1.
The Course in Methods and teaching of motor activities 1 (MDAM 1) aims to:
- improve the basic motor skills/abilities of the attendee in both terrestrial and aquatic environments;
- provide basic skills to "plan and conduct gymnastic sports activities at the Departments of employment".
These goals are pursued through practical lessons and during which theoretical explanations are also given on what is being achieved.
Carrying out "field work" not only improves the resistance skills:
- aerobic;
- prolonged effort;
- muscular;
- maximum effort concentrated over time,
but allows the attendee to personally experience the level of difficulty/fatigue in carrying out the training to which he/she will subsequently have to subject the personnel assigned to him/her to be trained in the sector.
The course will be divided into the theoretical-practical treatment of the following topics:
- The militatre organisation and motor-sport activity;
- Motor learning and motor skills in the military context;
- The methods of motor and sports activity in the military context;
- The tools of motor and sports activity in the context.
examMode
Test aimed at theoretical-practical evaluation of learning
books
Naccari, A. G. (2003), Pedagogia della corporeità. Educazione, attività motoria e sport nel tempo, Morlacchi Editore.
Siedentop, D., & Van der Mars, H. (2022), Introduction to physical education, fitness, and sport, Human kinetics.
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
Naccari, A. G. (2003), Pedagogia della corporeità. Educazione, attività motoria e sport nel tempo, Morlacchi Editore.
Siedentop, D., & Van der Mars, H. (2022), Introduction to physical education, fitness, and sport, Human kinetics.
17558 - CONTEMPORARY HISTORY
-
8
-
-
Learning objectives
The course is meant to provide a good knowledge of the main political, social, economic, and cultural phenomena of contemporary history (since Belle Epoque until the end of the Cold War), in national, European and global perspective.
ROBERTO COLOZZA
First Semester
5
M-STO/04
Learning objectives
Il Corso è finalizzato a fornire i concetti-chiave della Storia Militare italiana. Partendo dalla definizione di storia militare, si fissa il periodo di studio (dalla nascita dell’esercito italiano ai giorni nostri) e ci si sofferma sull’importanza delle fonti e del revisionismo storiografico. Si pone, preliminarmente, l’accento sull’analisi del pensiero di due grandi studiosi di arte militare (Antoine Henrì Jomini e Carl von Clausewitz), quindi si analizzano dal punto di vista storico-militare tutti gli eventi militari che hanno visto protagonista l’esercito italiano nel periodo contemporaneo.
Gli obiettivi formativi che il corso persegue sono:
- conoscenza e capacità di comprensione dei principali eventi della storia militare italiana nel periodo contemporaneo;
- conoscenza e capacità di comprensione applicate ai problemi operativi al fine di dar loro soluzione utilizzando le lesson learned dei principali eventi militari del passato;
- sviluppare autonomia di giudizio e comprensione critica dei principali eventi militari italiani contemporanei;
- migliorare le abilità comunicative nell’esporre tematiche storico-militari;
- implementare le capacità di apprendimento della storia militare italiana.
CONTEMPORARY HISTORY – INTERNAL MODULE
The course is aimed at providing the key concepts of the Italian Military History. Starting from the definition of military history, the study period is established (from the birth of the Italian army to the present day) and the importance of sources and historiographical revisionism is highlighted. The emphasis is placed, preliminarily, on the analysis of the thought of two great scholars of military art (Antoine Henrì Jomini and Carl von Clausewitz), then all the military events that have seen the Italian army as a protagonist in the contemporary period are analyzed from a historical-military point of view.
The educational objectives that the course pursues are:
- the knowledge and the understanding of the main events of Italian military history in the contemporary period;
- the knowledge and the understanding applied to operational problems in order to solve them using the lessons learned from the main military events of the past;
- to develop autonomy in judgment and critical understanding of the main contemporary Italian military events;
- to improve communication skills in exposing historical-military issues;
- to implement the learning skills of Italian military history.
The course will deal with contemporary history’s key-issues since the late-XIXth century until the late XXth century
examMode
The exam is oral and set to englighten the learning process results.
books
- Giovanni Sabbatucci, Vittorio Vidotto, Il mondo contemporaneo. Dal 1848 a oggi, Roma-Bari, Laterza, [any edition between 2004 and 2019]
mode
The course is based on traditional frontal lessons including visual and audiovisual support as well as debates that are meant to involve students and stimulate their independent reflection
On the basis of public health urgencies, the course could be partially or integrally provided in e-learning
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
- Giovanni Sabbatucci, Vittorio Vidotto, Il mondo contemporaneo. Dal 1848 a oggi, Roma-Bari, Laterza, [any edition between 2004 and 2019]
ENRICO CASALE
First Semester
3
M-STO/04
Learning objectives
Il Corso è finalizzato a fornire i concetti-chiave della Storia Militare italiana. Partendo dalla definizione di storia militare, si fissa il periodo di studio (dalla nascita dell’esercito italiano ai giorni nostri) e ci si sofferma sull’importanza delle fonti e del revisionismo storiografico. Si pone, preliminarmente, l’accento sull’analisi del pensiero di due grandi studiosi di arte militare (Antoine Henrì Jomini e Carl von Clausewitz), quindi si analizzano dal punto di vista storico-militare tutti gli eventi militari che hanno visto protagonista l’esercito italiano nel periodo contemporaneo.
Gli obiettivi formativi che il corso persegue sono:
- conoscenza e capacità di comprensione dei principali eventi della storia militare italiana nel periodo contemporaneo;
- conoscenza e capacità di comprensione applicate ai problemi operativi al fine di dar loro soluzione utilizzando le lesson learned dei principali eventi militari del passato;
- sviluppare autonomia di giudizio e comprensione critica dei principali eventi militari italiani contemporanei;
- migliorare le abilità comunicative nell’esporre tematiche storico-militari;
- implementare le capacità di apprendimento della storia militare italiana.
CONTEMPORARY HISTORY – INTERNAL MODULE
The course is aimed at providing the key concepts of the Italian Military History. Starting from the definition of military history, the study period is established (from the birth of the Italian army to the present day) and the importance of sources and historiographical revisionism is highlighted. The emphasis is placed, preliminarily, on the analysis of the thought of two great scholars of military art (Antoine Henrì Jomini and Carl von Clausewitz), then all the military events that have seen the Italian army as a protagonist in the contemporary period are analyzed from a historical-military point of view.
The educational objectives that the course pursues are:
- the knowledge and the understanding of the main events of Italian military history in the contemporary period;
- the knowledge and the understanding applied to operational problems in order to solve them using the lessons learned from the main military events of the past;
- to develop autonomy in judgment and critical understanding of the main contemporary Italian military events;
- to improve communication skills in exposing historical-military issues;
- to implement the learning skills of Italian military history.
The course provides basic theoretical and methodological knowledge for the analysis of the organization of territorial systems and socio-economic issues of the contemporary world from a geographical perspective.
In line with the training objectives defined by the Degree Course, the expected learning outcomes can also be declined on the basis of the Dublin Descriptors:
1) Knowledge and understanding. The course facilitates the study of theories and methods of geographical analysis. The main objective is to make national and international territorial political practices understood.
2) Ability to apply knowledge and understanding. The goal is to make students able to understand the dynamics and the conceptual and application tools of local policies, government and governance so that they can acquire critical knowledge and understanding.
3) Autonomy of judgment. Build your own vision of the problems and solutions to be proposed regarding the elements of discrimination and territorial marginalization (economic, social, political, environmental sustainability).
The lessons learned in the Theaters of Operations and in the multiple deployments of personnel at International Organizations have highlighted how effective language training, is like any other type of training, it constitutes an incremental factor in operational capacity, and an essential professional tool for the execution of the assigned task. In particular, it is essential, for the performance of the military profession, at all levels, to understand and to express oneself correctly in English. This objective is achieved through the performance, at the Training Institutes, of targeted language training, followed by a continuous process of maintaining the level of language knowledge acquired.
The study of the English language for the Marshal Student Courses is aimed at achieving a minimum level of SLP (Standard Language Profile) of 2-2-2-2 in the four skills, to be ascertained through the Joint Force Language Test (JFLT) administered by the School of Foreign Languages of the Army (SLEE).
17167 - JFLT FINAL EXAM
First Semester
2
L-LIN/12
Learning objectives
JOINT FORCE LANGUAGE TEST (JFLT)
The Joint Force Language Test (JFLT) is the testing system that allows to ascertain, according to the parameters of the NATO STANAG 6011 and with scientific and as objective as possible criteria, the linguistic competences in the following skills:
- listening comprehension (Listening – L);
- oral production (Speaking – S);
- reading comprehension (Reading – R);
- written production (Writing - W).
The JFLT test is divided into:
- a “Multilevel Test” to ascertain the linguistic competences from level 0 to level 4;
- a “Special Test” to ascertain bilingualism (level 5).
The following levels of knowledge are foreseen for each skill:
- Level “0”: No proficiency;
- Level “0 plus”: Memorized proficiency;
- Level “1”: Survival;
- Level “1 plus”: Survival plus;
- Level “2”: Functional;
- Level “2 plus”: Functional plus;
- Level “3”: Professional;
- Level “3 plus”: Professional plus;
- Level “4”: Expert;
- Level “4 plus”: Expert plus;
- Level “5”: Highly – articulated native.
16190 - FOUNDATIONS OF PUBLIC LAW
ELEONORA IANNARIO
Second Semester
8
IUS/09
Learning objectives
Knowledge and understanding
Knowledge of the main institutions of public law, with particular attention to the constitutional framework of rights and freedoms and the form of state and government. This knowledge is to be achieved with a diachronic approach and with an awareness of its main evolutionary lines.
Applying knowledge and understanding
Ability to research relevant normative, bibliographical and jurisprudential material and use them for the purpose of setting legal problems.
Ability to address the main issues arising in the constitutional system of a state, beginning with a proper identification of the relevant legislation. Ability to keep in mind and properly select the main interpretations that are given of such legislation in doctrine and jurisprudence, also with reference to the increase in the complexity of sources as a result of European legislation.
Making judgements
Attention to the reading of positive law and to the interaction between law and politics with an awareness of the regularities of their intertwining, knowing how to discern independently their different modes of attitude.
Communication skills
Ability to write analytical papers and reports on course topics, demonstrating a clear understanding of legal rules and their implications in the state system.
Ability to expound complex arguments on course topics clearly and effectively, both in academic and professional contexts, including participating in discussions and debates and defending one's positions with sound legal arguments and responding pertinently to objections and questions posed.
Learning skills
The goal is to raise students' interest in the subject by soliciting their engagement and attention in the study of both general topics and specific issues.
Another goal is to highlight the points of contact between disciplines-legal and otherwise-apparently distant but actually closely intertwined.
The legal system.
The legal system of the European Union.
The international legal system.
The sources of law.
Fundamental rights.
The forms of government.
Popular sovereignty.
The Parliament.
The President of the Republic.
The Government of the Republic.
Regional and local governments.
Public Administration.
The judicial system.
Constitutional justice.
examMode
The written test consists of 25 multiple choice questions and 2 open-ended questions
books
Any public law manual can be used. The following textbook is suggested: "A. Sterpa, N. Viceconte, L’ordinamento costituzionale e la norma giuridica. Lezioni di Diritto pubblico (ristampa aggiornata 2024), Editoriale Scientifica, Napoli, 2024".
Furthermore, it is recommended to always have the updated text of the Constitution.
classRoomMode
The attendance method is mandatory
bibliography
Any public law manual can be used. The following textbook is suggested: "A. Sterpa, N. Viceconte, L’ordinamento costituzionale e la norma giuridica. Lezioni di Diritto pubblico (ristampa aggiornata 2024), Editoriale Scientifica, Napoli, 2024".
Furthermore, it is recommended to always have the updated text of the Constitution.
16192 - POLITICAL ECONOMY
FABIO MARINARO
Second Semester
8
SECS-P/01
Learning objectives
A. OBJECTIVE.
The goal of the course is to provide students with knowledge and understanding of the theoretical and practical tools that explain how the economic system works, both at a macro- and micro-level.
In this sense the objective will be twofold: to outline the behavior of the main economic actors, i.e. households, firms, Government and rest of the world (microeconomics) and to describe the coordination of these behaviors in the general functioning of the economic system (macroeconomics).
B. EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
Acquire knowledge and tools, both theoretical and practical, that allow students to understand economic theories as well as the goals, tools and limits of policy makers. Such knowledge will be acquired through frontal lectures supported by advanced text books reading, exercises and participation to thematic seminars.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
Students will be able to apply the acquired knowledge and methodology to practical examples in a way to assess the main concerns and opportunities of the modern economic systems. Such skills will be developed mainly through exercises and an active debate in the classroom.
3. MAKING JUDGEMENTS
Ability to identify and explain the rationale behind the main economic relationships. Students will be able to collect and interpret relevant data on the main economic indicators in order to formulate responses and provide reflections on general issues of macro- and microeconomics. This will be obtained through lessons encouraging a reasoned discussion among students.
4. COMMUNICATIONS
Students will acquire the ability to present the issues of the course with adequate language and appropriate analytical skills (formulae, graphics, and explanation of causal links). Such ability will be implemented through exercises. Students will be able to communicate with peers and supervisors about their understanding on basic topics of economics.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
Students must be able to reconstruct autonomously the main notions of economics so that to undertake possible further studies with a high degree of autonomy.
Part 1 (general concepts)
- Introductory concepts and tools
- Market vs State
- The structure of an economic system
- Interactions among national economic system
Part 2 (macroeconomics): The foundations of the macroeconomic theory
- Neoclassical approach (overview)
- Keynesian approach (income-expenditure model, IS-LM model)
- Unemployment
- Inflation
Part 3 (microeconomics): Choices of economic agents
- Consumers choices
- Firm choices
examMode
The final exam consists of a written tests aimed to assess the acquired knowledge and the ability to solve practical exercises. Exercises will be carried out throughout the course in order to prepare students for the final exam.
books
G. Garofalo, "Micro-Macro Economia. I concetti di base"; Giappichelli Editore - Torino, 2015, seconda edizione: Chapters I, II, III, V (parr. 26, 27 excluding pages 78-79, 27.1, 29, 29.1 up to page 89 included, 29.2, 29.2.1, 29.3 up to page 99 included, 30, 30.1, 30.1.1, 30.1.4, 30.2, 30.2.1, 30.3, 30.4, 30.4.1), VII (parr. 39, 41, 41.1, 41.2, 41.2.1 excluding the algebraic part of the IS curve, 41.2.2 excluding the algebraic part of the LM curve, 41.2.3 excluding the algebraic part of the IS-LM model).
Further teaching material is provided by the instructor during the course and also available on Moodle.
classRoomMode
obbligatory attendance
bibliography
G. Garofalo, "Micro-Macro Economia. I concetti di base"; Giappichelli Editore - Torino, 2015, seconda edizione: Chapters I, II, III, V (parr. 26, 27 excluding pages 78-79, 27.1, 29, 29.1 up to page 89 included, 29.2, 29.2.1, 29.3 up to page 99 included, 30, 30.1, 30.1.1, 30.1.4, 30.2, 30.2.1, 30.3, 30.4, 30.4.1), VII (parr. 39, 41, 41.1, 41.2, 41.2.1 excluding the algebraic part of the IS curve, 41.2.2 excluding the algebraic part of the LM curve, 41.2.3 excluding the algebraic part of the IS-LM model).
Further teaching material is provided by the instructor during the course and also available on Moodle.
16201 - POLITICAL SCIENCE II
STEFANO OMETTO
Second Semester
10
SPS/04
Learning objectives
Training Objectives
Macro-subject composed of 5 military disciplines which pursues the following didactic/training objectives:
⦁ Military Regulations: provide theoretical knowledge related to the law and regulation of specific military interest, with particular reference to obligations and responsibilities arising from the status of a military;
⦁ History of the Air Force: understand the historical events that led to the current configuration of the Air Force and relate them to the historical and cultural evolution.
⦁ Military ethics: understand the ethical aspects related to the status of military with particular reference to the behaviors considered appropriate to the expected rank/role;
⦁ Defence and Air Force Regulations: understand the main aspects of the organization of Defence, with particular reference to the hierarchical/functional structure and tasks of the Air Force;
⦁ Leadership 1: Knowledge of the basic principles relating to the leadership process with particular reference to the leadership model in the Air Force.
The course will develop the basic political science knowledge acquired by applying it to the analysis, including strategic-operational analysis, of the military sphere. In particular, the following topics will be analysed:
- Power, authority, command in military mabit;
- Decision-making processes and operational strategies of multilevel logistic planning of military operations.
examMode
The test will be written and cover the fundamental topics of the subject.
books
Handouts, texts and course materials will be provided by the lecturer
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
Handouts, texts and course materials will be provided by the lecturer
16203 - INTERNATIONAL LAW
ELEONORA CASTRO
Second Semester
8
IUS/13
Learning objectives
The course aims to provide students with the cognitive tools necessary for learning the fundamental mechanisms of contemporary international law, both through theoretical explanations of its institutions and through practical exercises, carried out through analysis of specific cases and/or questionnaires. The teaching mainly aims to highlight the peculiarities of the public international legal system, taking into account its evolution also through the prism of history, society and international politics. The ways in which international norms influence the life of all international subjects will be highlighted: States, International Organizations and individuals. The expected learning outcomes include knowledge and ability to understand, learn and communicate with reference to international legal phenomena, as well as the ability to obtain autonomy of judgment in their analysis.
The formation and evolution of international law. The features of the international system.
The sources of international law: customs, treaties and general principles of law. The relationship between the sources of international law: the codification of international law, the hierarchy of the sources.
The ralationship between international and municipal law.
Immunity from jurisdiction: Sovereign immunity, diplomatic immunity, the immunities of international organizations and their functionaries.
The use of force under international law: the prohibition of the use of force. Self defence, collective self defence. The United Nations collective security system. The role and powers of the Security Council.
International responsibility: State responsibility, responsibility of international organizations for internationally wrongful acts, individual responsibility and international crimes.
International disputes settlement: arbitration and international tribunals. The international Court of Justice. The other means of peaceful settlement of inter-State disputes. Human Rights courts and tribunals. The International Criminal Court. International criminal tribunals and hybrid criminal tribunals.
examMode
written exam
books
E. Cannizzaro, Diritto Internazionale, ultima edizione, Giappichelli.
B. Conforti, M. Iovane, Diritto internazionale, ultima edizione, Editoriale Scientifica.
classRoomMode
mandatory
bibliography
E. Cannizzaro, Diritto Internazionale, ultima edizione, Giappichelli.
B. Conforti, M. Iovane, Diritto internazionale, ultima edizione, Editoriale Scientifica.
16643 - INTERNSHIPS AND JOB TRAINING
Second Semester
2
16194 - LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - FRENCH
RITA CORSI
Second Semester
8
L-LIN/04
Learning objectives
Knowledge and comprehension skills
Gradually approach the linguistic and cultural reality of France and the countries of the French-speaking area, comprehend in principle the essential points of a conversation or written text centred on a usual topic or activity, develop a discrete lexical richness, particularly specific to the military field, acquire the fundamental theoretical concepts of French grammar.
Applied knowledge and comprehension skills
manage communication through simple but morphologically and syntactically correct sentences, be able to recount events from everyday life, i.e. related to routine activities, extract, summarise and return information obtained from the reading of a simple text that is semantically cohesive and coherent.
Autonomy of judgement
To develop and refine critical and judgement skills sufficient to express one's own point of view on a range of elementary issues related to the French language and culture, to be able to autonomously analyse linguistic phenomena observed during lectures, to autonomously apply the rules of utterance production and transcription of sounds of the French language.
Communicative skills
Ability to communicate and interact in a variety of situations and contexts addressed during the lectures, be able to communicate concepts, opinions, problems and solutions limited to the skills required by the level indicated.
Ability to learn
To acquire a study method appropriate to the transmission of the knowledge acquired, to assess independently the level reached in order to sit the examination, to be able to correctly interrogate dictionaries and use with profit the tools provided throughout the course, to approach without difficulty the scientific literature in the sector, which will be previously addressed and discussed during the lectures with the lecturer.
- The definite, indefinite, contracted and partitive articles
- The feminine of nouns and adjectives
- The plural of nouns and adjectives
- Possessive and demonstrative adjectives
- Interrogative adjectives (quel, quelle, quels, quelles)
- Numeral adjectives
- The auxiliaries être and avoir
- The verbs of the first group (-er)
- The verbs of the second group (-ir)
- Some irregular verbs (aller, venir, dire faire, savoir, pouvoir, vouloir, devoir, écrire ...)
- The passé composé
- The imperative
- The personal subject pronouns
- The pronoun on
- The pronouns en and y
- The personal complement pronouns
- Prepositions of place
- The adverbs of quantity très, beaucoup, beaucoup de
- The interrogative sentence
- The sentence negative
- Il y a/Il faut
- Qui est-ce ? Qu’est-ce que c’est ?
- C’est/It is
Communication
- Greetings and introducing oneself
- Describing one’s character
- Expressing one’s tastes
- Family
- Knowing how to ask and say the time and date
- Expressing agreement and disagreement
- Finding one’s way and asking for an itinerary
- Organizing a trip
- Means of transportation
- Work and professions
- Looking for and choosing accommodation
- Talking about the weather
- Military clothing and equipment
- Describing a typical day
examMode
The student assessment method includes:
-a written test.
The written test covers 3 periods and includes:
1. Grammar exercises (G) of A2 language level;
2. Exercises in specialized vocabulary (SV);
3. A test of comprehension writing (CW)
In the written test, the student must demonstrate:
• to mastered the basics of the French grammar rules
• to have increased his range of French specialized vocabulary
The exam is deemed to be passed with a minimum grade of 18/30 (G+SV+CW).
The course includes 2 in itinere written tests: The "contrôle continu"(CC) will be used to test the skills and knowledge acquired during the lessons.
books
“Premium” (méthode de français, TOUT EN UN, leçons + exercices) Niveau: A1, Auteur : CLE, International 2020, ISBN: 978-209-035601-4
Siti web linguaggio specialistico militare:
-Ministère de la Défense-Italie (https://www.difesa.it/FR/Pagine/Home.aspx)
-Ministère des Armées (https://www.defense.gouv.fr)
-Les missions de l’armée de Terre | Sengager.fr (https://www.sengager.fr)
-Défense et Sécurité (hww.sgdsn.gouv.fr)
classRoomMode
mandatory
bibliography
“Premium” (méthode de français, TOUT EN UN, leçons + exercices) Niveau: A1, Auteur : CLE, International 2020, ISBN: 978-209-035601-4
Siti web linguaggio specialistico militare:
-Ministère de la Défense-Italie (https://www.difesa.it/FR/Pagine/Home.aspx)
-Ministère des Armées (https://www.defense.gouv.fr)
-Les missions de l’armée de Terre | Sengager.fr (https://www.sengager.fr)
-Défense et Sécurité (hww.sgdsn.gouv.fr)
18426 - SOCIOLOGIA GENERALE,MILITARE E DELLA SICUREZZA URBANA
MELISSA MONGIARDO
Second Semester
8
SPS/07
Learning objectives
Basic knowledge of general sociology, military sociology and security sociology
The course focuses on the fundamental concepts of general, military and security sociology. The aim of the course is to provide useful tools for understanding modern and contemporary society by analysing its structural characteristics.
The knowledge provided by the course is cognitive in nature.
Operationally, the course focuses:
- on the study of complex organisations, to characterise the structural dynamics and processes of change that run through them.
- on the study of security phenomena, paying specific attention to issues pertaining to the Armed Forces and concerning urban security.
Students will acquire cognitive tools useful in professional practice in military organisations and, more generally, in the security sector. The knowledge acquired will enable them to understand the dynamics, relational aspects, structural and superstructural variables acting in their social context.
examMode
In accordance with the fact that this course represents the inaugural offering within the sociological disciplines, the examination is conducted orally for the purpose of more precise verification of the knowledge and skills that have been acquired.
books
- Van Tubergen F. (2022), Introduzione alla sociologia, Il Mulino, Bologna.
- Negri M. (2017), Culture, ruoli e organizzazione della sicurezza: tra diffusione e specializzazione, Aracne, Roma.
classRoomMode
Attendance is mandatory
bibliography
Bagnasco A., Barbagli M., Cavalli A. (2012), Corso di Sociologia, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Collins R. (2006), Teorie sociologiche, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Manza J., Arum R., Haney L. (2018), (ed. it. edited by Santoro M.), Progetto Sociologia, guida all'immaginazione sociologica, Pearson, Milano.
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
METHODOLOGY AND DIDACTICS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES II
STEFANO MENCARINI
Second Semester
4
M-EDF/01
Learning objectives
Methods and teaching of motor activities 2.
The Course in Methods and teaching of motor activities 2 (MDAM 2) aims to:
- improve the basic motor skills/abilities of the attendee in both terrestrial and aquatic environments;
- confer to the greatest number of students the qualification of Physical Education Instructor (I.E.F.), necessary to "plan and conduct gymnastic sports activities in the Departments of employment".
These goals are pursued through the administration of practical and theoretical lessons.
Carrying out "field work" not only improves the resistance skills:
- aerobic;
- prolonged effort;
- muscular;
- maximum effort concentrated over time,
but allows the attendee to personally experience the level of difficulty/fatigue in carrying out the training to which he/she will subsequently have to subject the personnel assigned to him/her to be trained in the sector.
The part of the classroom lessons, aims at expanding the knowledge of the perfect combination of the fatigue generated by the execution of the exercises, what happens inside the human being and how to improve their interaction, specifically develops on three macro - topics:
- Anatomy and Physiology of the human body;
- Training Theory;
The course will be divided into the theoretical-practical treatment of the following topics:
- The militatre organisation and motor-sport activity;
- Motor learning and motor skills in the military context;
- The methods of motor and sports activity in the military context;
- The tools of motor and sports activity in the context.
examMode
Test aimed at theoretical-practical evaluation of learning
books
Naccari, A. G. (2003), Pedagogia della corporeità. Educazione, attività motoria e sport nel tempo, Morlacchi Editore.
Siedentop, D., & Van der Mars, H. (2022), Introduction to physical education, fitness, and sport, Human kinetics.
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
Naccari, A. G. (2003), Pedagogia della corporeità. Educazione, attività motoria e sport nel tempo, Morlacchi Editore.
Siedentop, D., & Van der Mars, H. (2022), Introduction to physical education, fitness, and sport, Human kinetics.
SUBJECT
SEMESTER
CFU
SSD
LANGUAGE
16197 - HISTORY OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
MARIA PAOLA DEL ROSSI
First Semester
10
SPS/06
16200 - SOCIOLOGY OF POLITICAL PHENOMENA
LUCA MASSIDDA
First Semester
8
SPS/11
Learning objectives
The course aims to analyze in depth the relationships between the social system and the political system. Through the analysis of the main concepts and theories of political sociology, students will acquire useful cognitive tools to interpret and operate professionally in complex socio-political systems. The expert knowledge acquired will enable students to understand the dynamics, power relations, structural and superstructural variables that act in the political context in which they will live and work.
EXPECTED LEARNING RESULTS
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- read and summarize scientific texts on political sociology;
- describe the main theoretical concepts and research methodologies proper to the political sociology;
- identify the main authors who have worked in the field of political social.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- collocate authors and theories of the political sociology in a line of temporal evolution;
- summarize the main theoretical and scientific aspects;
- define the limits of the discipline and identify its critical points.
3. MAKING JUDGMENTS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- describe in sociological terms the characteristics of the political scenario, its actors, its social structures, its agencies;
- identify and use sociological variables in the evaluation of a complex political scenario;
- understand the intrinsically social dimension of the process of consensus building and management of power and authority.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- use the scientific lexicon of the political sociology in oral exposure and writing;
- discuss in public concepts, theories and social situations of the political system and its articulations;;
- work in groups, sharing and exchanging the knowledge acquired in the field of political sociology.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- find and deepen independently the new scientific orientations regarding the political sociology;
- recover and deepen their socio-political knowledge during the course of their scientific maturation process and along their professional path.
PROGRAM
The first part of the program will focus on the fundamental concepts of the discipline:
- How political sociology is born and what it studies
- State, power and authority
- Socialization, participation and political recruitment
- Political communication and public opinion
- Ideology
- How societies change
The main theories will then be examined in more detail:
- Max Weber's sociological theory
- Marxism
- Political theory of Elitism
- Political theory of Pluralism
- Structural functionalism
While in the last - monographic - part of the course, the socialization, the recruitment and the political culture of the young administrators of Lazio will be analyzed, to better understand - through a case study - the process of change underway.
examMode
The student's knowledge and understanding will be verified weekly during the lessons through the activation of a constant dialogue between the teacher and the class. These skills will then be formally assessed during the final exam.
The test will be written and will focus on the fundamental topics of the subject. An intermediate verification is foreseen, without registration of the vote, in order to allow the student to evaluate his/her own skills in time to fill any gaps and, to the teacher, to go back to deepen the most difficult topics.
books
- Michael Rush, Politica e società. Introduzione alla sociologia politica, Il Mulino, 1994 (or any more recent edition)
All chapters up to the FIFTH PART INCLUDED. The sixth part can be omitted (Conclusions and future of political sociology)
- Flaminia Saccà, Politica e mutamento generazionale. Uno studio di caso: la cultura politica dei giovani amministratori dei Lazio, Franco Angeli, 2014
All chapters and Conclusions
mode
The first part of the course will take place in the traditional form of frontal teaching. The second part of the course provides a re-reading of the main concepts analyzed, which will be recalled and deepened thanks to the direct involvement of the students in a collective discussion coordinated by the teacher. All lessons will be supported by the use of visual material.
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
Almond, G.A., Verba, S. (1963), The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes and Democracy in Five Nations, Princeton, Princeton University Press.
Arendt, H (1951), Le origini del totalitarismo, Torino, Einaudi, 2009.
Bell, D. (1960), La fine dell'ideologia. Il declino delle idee politiche dagli anni Cinquanta ad oggi, Milano, Sugar Co, 1991.
Bobbio, N. (1992), Stato, Governo, Società, Torino, Einaudi.
Friedrich, C.J. (1954), a cura, Totalitarism, Cambridge, Harvard University Press.
Gallino, L. (2004), Dizionario di Sociologia, Torino, Utet.
Gramsci, A. (1929-35), Quaderni dal carcere, Torino, Einaudi, 2014.
Habermas, J. (1962), Storia e critica dell'opinione pubblica, Roma-Bari, Laterza, 2005
Lippmann, W. (1922), L'opinione pubblica. La democrazia, gli interessi, l'informazione organizzata, Roma, Donzelli, 2004
Lipset, S.M. e Rokkan, S. (1967), Party systems and Voter Alignments, Glencoe, Free Press.
Mannheim, K. (1929), Ideologia e utopia, Bologna, Il Mulino, 1999.
Marx, K., Engels, F. (1845-46), L'ideologia tedesca, Roma, Editori Riuniti, 2018.
Massidda, L. (2018), Post Politica. Morfologia di una campagna elettorale social, Roma-Milano, Franco Angeli.
Mazzoleni, G. (2004), La comunicazione politica, Bologna, Il Mulino.
Raniolo, F. (2002), La partecipazione politica, Bologna, Il Mulino.
Viviani, L. (2015), Sociologia dei partiti. Leader e organizzazioni politiche nelle società contemporanee, Roma, Carocci.
Weber, M. (1904-5), L'etica protestante e lo spirito del capitalismo, Milano, Bur, 1991
Weber, M. (1919), La politica come professione, Roma, Armando, 1997.
16202 - ADMINISTRATIVE LAW
GIAMPAOLO AUSTA
First Semester
8
IUS/10
Learning objectives
The aim of the course is to provide students with a set of basic knowledge and skills of administrative law. In particular, the course aims to develop the ability to understand and reason critically on the main issues of the matter, including through the analysis of regulatory texts, administrative acts and jurisprudential rulings. At the end of the course, students will be able to master the main institutes of administrative law; understand the procedures and decisions affecting the public administration; master the legal language and independently consult the normative, administrative and jurisprudential texts; translate the knowledge and skills acquired in the respective professional field.
1. Internal constitutional principles of the Public Administration: 4 ECTS; 2. General profiles of administrative organization and legal subjects: 10 ECTS; 3. The subjective legal situations of administrative law: 4 ECTS: 4. Employment relationship with the Public Administration: 4 ECTS; 5. Public Goods: 2 ECTS; 6. The administrative procedure and the administrative provision: 12 ECTS; 7. the activity of the Public Administration: 4 ECTS; 8. Administrative justice: 4 ECTS; 9. Safety in the workplace: 12 ECTS; 10. Administrative regulations on environmental protection: 8 ECTS. Tot. 64 ECTS
examMode
The final examination is written and will contain 31 multiple-choice questions aimed at testing the student's acquisition of knowledge of the various institutes of administrative law.
Through the answers, it will be ascertained whether students are able to master the main institutes of administrative law and to understand the proceedings and decisions concerning public administration in legal language.
One point will be awarded for each correct answer. In the event of 31 correct answers, a mark of 30 cum laude will be awarded.
books
S. Cassese, Administrative law course, 5th ed., Milan, 2012
classRoomMode
The Army Non-Commissioned Officers' School requires compulsory attendance, which will be taken over by personnel from the School
bibliography
S. Cassese, Administrative law course, 5th ed., Milan, 2012
M. Clarich, Manual of administrative law, 4th ed., Bologna, 2024
16312 - APPLIED MECHANICS
MARCO TONTINI
First Semester
16
INF/01
17606 - ECONOMIC POLICY
ROBERTA SESTINI
First Semester
10
SECS-P/06
Learning objectives
Objectives
The course aims to tackle macroeconomic issues which, in the light of the most recent economic stylized facts, characterize the performance of national and international economic systems.
The aim of the course is to provide tools to assess the role of the State in influencing the economy in the short, medium and long term, with particular emphasis on fiscal and monetary policies, whose objectives, tools and limits are studied in depth.
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
The course aims to provide basic theoretical and empirical knowledge needed to allow the student to independently understand the action exercised by economic policy.
This knowledge will be acquired mainly through lectures, reading targeted texts and participation in thematic seminars.
2. ABILITY TO APPLY KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
The student must be able to apply the methodological and theoretical knowledge acquired through the lectures to the interpretation of issues in which the balance and stability of economic systems is at stake. These specific skills will be developed mainly through the study of case studies and classroom debate.
3. AUTONOMY OF JUDGMENT
The autonomy of judgment is built by means of the technical mastery of the tools, and of the understanding of the reasons that make distinct approaches bring different solutions in different contexts. This is made through lessons that encourage discussion and stimulate confrontation.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
The student should acquire the ability to expose and present with mastery of language and adequate analytical skills the issues and topics covered within the course. The tutorials, focused on critical reading and the interpretation of press articles, will aim precisely to foster this ability.
C. SYLLABUS
Part 1 (general concepts)
- Introductory notions and tools
- Thinking like an economist
Part 2 (microeconomics): Markets and choices by economic agents
- The functioning of the market: demand, supply, the notion of elasticity, the concepts of consumers surplus, producer surplus and market efficiency.
- Consumers choices
- Firm’s behaviour and different types of market structures.
Part 3 (macroeconomics): The foundations of macroeconomic theory
- Neoclassical approach (overview)
- Money and inflation.
- Keynesian approach to economic fluctuations and unemployment (income-expenditure model, IS-LM model).
examMode
The final exam consists of a written examination and a (not-compulsory) oral test aimed to assess the acquired knowledge and the ability to solve practical exercises. Tutorials and exercises will be carried out throughout the course in order to get ready for the final exam.
About macroeconomics: Mankiw, Taylor «Macroeconomia» Zanichelli, sixth edition (2015)
mode
Frontal lectures and tutorials.
classRoomMode
Attendance to lectures is not mandatory but strongly recommended. Students unable to attend the lectures may get in touch with the teacher in order to have detailed information about the syllabus.
bibliography
Further teaching material is provided by the instructor during the course and made available on Moodle website.
16640 - FINAL EXAM
Second Semester
6
SUBJECT
SEMESTER
CFU
SSD
LANGUAGE
16204 - FOUNDATIONS OF PUBLIC LAW
FRANCESCO CIRILLO
First Semester
8
IUS/09
Learning objectives
Knowledge and understanding
Knowledge of the main institutions of public law, with particular attention to the constitutional framework of rights and freedoms and the form of state and government. This knowledge is to be achieved with a diachronic approach and with an awareness of its main evolutionary lines.
Applying knowledge and understanding
Ability to research relevant normative, bibliographical and jurisprudential material and use them for the purpose of setting legal problems.
Ability to address the main issues arising in the constitutional system of a state, beginning with a proper identification of the relevant legislation. Ability to keep in mind and properly select the main interpretations that are given of such legislation in doctrine and jurisprudence, also with reference to the increase in the complexity of sources as a result of European legislation.
Making judgements
Attention to the reading of positive law and to the interaction between law and politics with an awareness of the regularities of their intertwining, knowing how to discern independently their different modes of attitude.
Communication skills
Ability to write analytical papers and reports on course topics, demonstrating a clear understanding of legal rules and their implications in the state system.
Ability to expound complex arguments on course topics clearly and effectively, both in academic and professional contexts, including participating in discussions and debates and defending one's positions with sound legal arguments and responding pertinently to objections and questions posed.
Learning skills
The goal is to raise students' interest in the subject by soliciting their engagement and attention in the study of both general topics and specific issues.
Another goal is to highlight the points of contact between disciplines-legal and otherwise-apparently distant but actually closely intertwined.
The course on Institutions of Public Law will provide an overview of the main institutions of public law, focusing on the study of the Constitution, the separation of powers, and fundamental rights. Key topics include:
The structure of the Constitution: fundamental principles, rights and duties of citizens, and the organization of the State.
Sources of law: hierarchy, the role of legislation and regulations.
The Parliament: composition, legislative functions, and political oversight.
The Government: formation, functions, and relationship with the Parliament.
The President of the Republic: role, functions, and constitutional powers.
The Judiciary: independence and judicial functions.
Local autonomies and the distribution of powers between the State and Regions.
Fundamental rights: protection, limits, and balancing.
Constitutional review of laws: Constitutional Court, structure, and functions.
examMode
The evaluation will take place exclusively through an written examination. During the exam, the student must demonstrate understanding and assimilation of the main institutions and concepts of public law, articulating responses clearly and with precise legal terminology. The exam will include a series of questions aimed at assessing both theoretical knowledge and the ability to apply the studied concepts. A minimum score of 18/30 is required to pass.
books
T. Groppi, A. Simoncini, Foundations of Italian Public Law, 2023
classRoomMode
Attendance is mandatory to ensure a better understanding of the topics and to actively participate in classroom discussions. Attending students will benefit from in-depth explanations, practical insights, and direct interaction with the instructor.
bibliography
T. Groppi, A. Simoncini, Foundations of Italian public law, 2023
16205 - CONTEMPORARY HISTORY
ROBERTO COLOZZA
First Semester
8
M-STO/04
Learning objectives
The course is carried out in the framework of the Scuola Marescialli dell’Aeronautica Militare’s first year.
EXPECTED LEARNING RESULTS: At the end of the course, students will be able to understand the key-questions of contemporary history since the mid-XIXth century until the late XXth century. To do so, the main themes of the discipline will be treated, thus providing the conceptual tools to decrypt the evolution of contemporary societies.
KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: Having developed the knowledge of the fundamental principles and methods of historical knowledge.
APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: Having developed the ability to apply the methods of analysis of historical knowledge to the key problems of contemporary history from the mid-nineteenth century to the end of the twentieth century.
MAKING JUDGMENTS: Having developed a capacity for critical analysis and independent judgment on the problems and historical processes typical of contemporary society.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Having achieved the ability to present in a clear and precise form the fundamental junctions of the phenomena and events studied.
LEARNING SKILLS: To be able to place the fundamental events and processes of contemporary history over time and to identify the links that connect them.
The course will deal with contemporary history’s key-issues since the mid-XIXth century until the late XXth century
examMode
The exam is set to englighten the learning process results. It is written and will consist in a multiplce choice test plus two open questions. An intermediate test without evaluation will be scheduled in order to allow the teacher to be aware of students’ abilities and weaknesses with respect to didactics’s contents.
books
- Giovanni Sabbatucci, Vittorio Vidotto, Il mondo contemporaneo. Dal 1848 a oggi, Roma-Bari, Laterza, [any edition between 2004 and 2019]
mode
The course is based on traditional frontal lessons including visual and audiovisual support as well as debates that are meant to involve students and stimulate their independent reflection
On the basis of public health urgencies, the course could be partially or integrally provided in e-learning
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
- Giovanni Sabbatucci, Vittorio Vidotto, Il mondo contemporaneo. Dal 1848 a oggi, Roma-Bari, Laterza, [any edition between 2004 and 2019]
16207 - POLITICAL SCIENCE I
MARCO GREGORI
First Semester
8
SPS/04
Learning objectives
16207. Titolo dell’insegnamento
Scienza Politica 1
Obiettivi formativi
Macro-materia composta da 5 discipline militari che persegue i seguenti obiettivi didattico/formativi:
⦁ Regolamenti Militari: fornire le conoscenze teoriche relative al diritto ed alla regolamentazione di specifico interesse militare, con particolare riferimento agli obblighi ed alle responsabilità derivanti dallo status di militare;
⦁ Storia dell’A.M.: comprendere gli eventi storici che hanno portato all’attuale configurazione dell’Aeronautica Militare relazionandoli all’evoluzione storica e culturale nazionale.
⦁ Etica militare: comprendere gli aspetti etici relativi allo status di militare con particolare riferimento ai comportamenti ritenuti confacenti al grado/ruolo previsto;
⦁ Ordinamento della Difesa e dell’A.M.: comprendere gli aspetti salienti relativi all’organizzazione della Difesa, con particolare riferimento alla struttura gerarchico/funzionale e ai compiti dell’Aeronautica Militare.
⦁ Leadership 1: comprendere i principi di base afferenti il processo di leadership con particolare riferimento al modello di leadership in Aeronautica Militare.
Political Science and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2024/2025
16207. Title of the teaching
Political Science 1
Training Objectives
Macro-subject composed of 5 military disciplines which pursues the following didactic/training objectives:
⦁ Military Regulations: provide theoretical knowledge related to the law and regulation of specific military interest, with particular reference to obligations and responsibilities arising from the status of a military;
⦁ History of the Air Force: understand the historical events that led to the current configuration of the Air Force and relate them to the historical and cultural evolution.
⦁ Military ethics: understand the ethical aspects related to the status of military with particular reference to the behaviors considered appropriate to the expected rank/role;
⦁ Defence and Air Force Regulations: understand the main aspects of the organization of Defence, with particular reference to the hierarchical/functional structure and tasks of the Air Force;
⦁ Leadership 1: Knowledge of the basic principles relating to the leadership process with particular reference to the leadership model in the Air Force.
The course will begin with a reflection on the relationship between political science and the military apparatus. Subsequently, the following topics will be explored:
- State Order and the Armed Forces;
- Politics and Military Law;
- Military Politics and Ethics;
- The evolution of the MA in the national and international political context;
- Military power and leadership.
examMode
The test will be written and cover the fundamental topics of the subject.
books
Aron, R., La politica, la guerra, la storia (2024).
Huntington, S. P.,The soldier and the state: The theory and politics of civil–military relations (1981)
classRoomMode
Mandatory
bibliography
Aron, R., La politica, la guerra, la storia (2024).
Huntington, S. P.,The soldier and the state: The theory and politics of civil–military relations (1981)
17741 - SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL SECURITY AND OF HUMAN ORGANIZATIONS
MELISSA MONGIARDO
First Semester
8
SPS/07
Learning objectives
The course enables students to learn the fundamental concepts of the discipline and to acquire the keys to understanding the structural characteristics and processes concerning social security (especially in urban areas) and contemporary organisations, also in relation to military contexts.
The main knowledge acquired is cognitive.
The course aims to introduce the problems identified, the concepts set out and the main theories developed by the sociology of security and the sociology of organisation:
- in the study of complex organisations, to characterise the structural dynamics and processes of change that run through them.
- in the study of security phenomena, paying specific attention to issues pertaining to the armed forces and concerning urban security.
Students will acquire cognitive tools useful in professional practice in military organisations and, more generally, operating in the security sector. The wealth of expert knowledge acquired will in fact enable students to understand the dynamics, relational aspects, structural and superstructural variables acting in their own social context of life and work.
EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. KNOWLEDGE AND COMPREHENSION SKILLS
At the end of the training activity the student will be able to:
- read and summarise scientific texts on the sociology of security and the sociology of organisation.
- describe the main theoretical concepts and research methodologies of the sociology of security and sociology of organisation.
- identify the main authors who have worked in the field of sociology of security and sociology of organisation.
2. APPLIED KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- place authors and theories of the sociology of security and sociology of organisation in a line of time evolution.
- summarise the main theoretical-scientific aspects.
- define their limits and identify their critical points.
3. AUTONOMY OF JUDGEMENT
At the end of the training activity, students will be able to:
- describe in sociological terms the characteristics of organisational structures and scenarios (regarding the military and, more generally, to the security sphere), their actors, social structures and agencies
- identify and use sociological variables in the assessment of organisational assets and scenarios (regarding the military and, more generally, the security sphere)
- understand the intrinsically social dimension of the processes of meaning-making, decision-making and operational organisation, and implementation that characterise societies, with reference to the institutional contexts and realms of implementation of defence and security policies (especially in relation to urban contexts).
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the training activity the student will be able to:
- use the scientific vocabulary of the sociology of security and the sociology of organisation in oral exposition and writing.
- discuss in public social concepts, theories and situations relating to the overall societal system considered and its articulations, especially those relevant to urban defence and security
- work in groups, sharing and exchanging knowledge acquired in the field of sociology of security and sociology of organisation.
5. ABILITY TO LEARN
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- independently retrieve and deepen their knowledge of new scientific orientations in the sociology of security and the sociology of organisation.
- recall and deepen their sociological knowledge during their own cognitive and operational maturation process, especially in their professional career in the institutional military context.
The course focuses on the fundamental concepts of the sociology of security and organisations, the structural characteristics of society and the analysis of processes concerning social and urban security, also in relation to military contexts.
The knowledge provided by the course is cognitive in nature.
Operationally, the course focuses:
- on the study of complex organisations, to characterise the structural dynamics and processes of change that run through them.
- on the study of security phenomena, paying specific attention to issues pertaining to the Armed Forces and concerning urban security.
Students will acquire cognitive tools useful in professional practice in military organisations and, more generally, in the security sector. The knowledge acquired will enable them to understand the dynamics, relational aspects, structural and superstructural variables acting in their social context.
examMode
The exam consists of a written test containing 24 closed ‘multiple-choice’ questions and 2 open-response questions.
books
G. Bonazzi, Storia del pensiero organizzativo, Franco Angeli, Milano, 2008, capitoli 1, 4, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18, 20.
M. Negri (2010), Le politiche locali per la sicurezza, Aracne, Roma.
F. Battistelli e altri (2008), Manuale di sociologia militare. Con elementi di psicologia sociale, FrancoAngeli, Milano.
classRoomMode
Attendance is mandatory
bibliography
Bagnasco A., Barbagli M., Cavalli A. (2012), Corso di Sociologia, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Collins R. (2006), Teorie sociologiche, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Manza J., Arum R., Haney L. (2018), (ed. it. edited by Santoro M.), Progetto Sociologia, guida all'immaginazione sociologica, Pearson, Milano.
120000 -
MICHELE PEZONE
First Semester
4
L-LIN/12
Learning objectives
120000. Titolo dell’insegnamento
Inglese Tecnico Aeronautico
Obiettivi formativi
Far acquisire agli Allievi un livello di conoscenza della lingua inglese che consenta di sviluppare il loro lessico, la capacità di utilizzare strutture grammaticali e la comprensione della lingua parlata e scritta in modo tale che, al termine dei periodi di insegnamento, siano in grado di comunicare in modo adeguato in semplici situazioni quotidiane e capaci di descrivere gli ambienti sociali e culturali nei quali si troveranno per mezzo della lingua inglese ad un “livello elementare”.
Political Sciences and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024 and 2024/2025
120000. Title of the teaching
Technical Aeronautics English
Training Objectives
To provide the students with a level of knowledge of the English language which allows them to develop their vocabulary, the ability to use grammatical structures and the understanding of spoken and written language in such way that, at the end of the teaching periods, are able to communicate adequately in simple everyday situations and capable of describing the social and cultural environments in which they will find themselves through English at an "elementary level".
The course aims to provide students with the cognitive tools essential to learning the fundamental mechanisms of contemporary international law, both through theoretical explanations of its institutions and through practical exercises, carried out through analysis of specific cases and/or questionnaires. The teaching mainly aims to highlight the peculiarities of the public international legal system, taking into account its evolution also through the prism of history, society and international politics. The ways in which international norms influence the life of all international subjects will be highlighted: States, International Organizations and individuals. The expected learning outcomes include knowledge and ability to understand, learn and communicate with reference to international legal phenomena, as well as the ability to obtain autonomy of judgment in their analysis.
The formation and evolution of international law. The features of the international system.
The sources of international law: customs, treaties and general principles of law. The relationship between the sources of international law: the codification of international law, the hierarchy of the sources.
The ralationship between international and municipal law.
Immunity from jurisdiction: Sovereign immunity, diplomatic immunity, the immunities of international organizations and their functionaries.
The use of force under international law: the prohibition of the use of force. Self defence, collective self defence. The United Nations collective security system. The role and powers of the Security Council.
International responsibility: State responsibility, responsibility of international organizations for internationally wrongful acts, individual responsibility and international crimes.
International disputes settlement: arbitration and international tribunals. The international Court of Justice. The other means of peaceful settlement of inter-State disputes. Human Rights courts and tribunals. The International Criminal Court. International criminal tribunals and hybrid criminal tribunals.
examMode
written exam
books
E. Cannizzaro, Diritto Internazionale, ultima edizione, Giappichelli.
B. Conforti, M. Iovane, Diritto internazionale, ultima edizione, Editoriale Scientifica.
classRoomMode
Mandatory
bibliography
E. Cannizzaro, Diritto Internazionale, ultima edizione, Giappichelli.
B. Conforti, M. Iovane, Diritto internazionale, ultima edizione, Editoriale Scientifica.
16206 - POLITICAL ECONOMY
ARIANNA MOSCHETTI
Second Semester
8
SECS-P/01
Learning objectives
A. OBJECTIVE.
The goal of the course is to provide students with knowledge and understanding of the theoretical and practical tools that explain how the economic system works, both at a macro- and micro-level.
In this sense the objective will be twofold: to outline the behavior of the main economic actors, i.e. households, firms, Government and rest of the world (microeconomics) and to describe the coordination of these behaviors in the general functioning of the economic system (macroeconomics).
B. EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
Acquire knowledge and tools, both theoretical and practical, that allow students to understand economic theories as well as the goals, tools and limits of policy makers. Such knowledge will be acquired through frontal lectures supported by advanced text books reading, exercises and participation to thematic seminars.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
Students will be able to apply the acquired knowledge and methodology to practical examples in a way to assess the main concerns and opportunities of the modern economic systems. Such skills will be developed mainly through exercises and an active debate in the classroom.
3. MAKING JUDGEMENTS
Ability to identify and explain the rationale behind the main economic relationships. Students will be able to collect and interpret relevant data on the main economic indicators in order to formulate responses and provide reflections on general issues of macro- and microeconomics. This will be obtained through lessons encouraging a reasoned discussion among students.
4. COMMUNICATIONS
Students will acquire the ability to present the issues of the course with adequate language and appropriate analytical skills (formulae, graphics, and explanation of causal links). Such ability will be implemented through exercises. Students will be able to communicate with peers and supervisors about their understanding on basic topics of economics.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
Students must be able to reconstruct autonomously the main notions of economics so that to undertake possible further studies with a high degree of autonomy.
Part 1 (general concepts)
- Introductory concepts and tools
- Market vs State
- The structure of an economic system
- Interactions among national economic system
Part 2 (macroeconomics): The foundations of the macroeconomic theory
- Neoclassical approach (overview)
- Keynesian approach (income-expenditure model)
- Unemployment
- Inflation
Part 3 (microeconomics): Choices of economic agents
- Consumers choices
- Firm choices
examMode
The final exam consists of a written tests aimed to assess the acquired knowledge and the ability to
solve practical exercises. Exercises will be carried out throughout the course in order to prepare
students for the final exam.
books
G. Garofalo, "Micro-Macro Economia. I concetti di base," Giappichelli Editore - Torino, 2015,
seconda edizione: Capp. I, II, III, V (parr. 26, 27 escluse pagg. 78-79, 27.1, 29, 29.1 fino a pag. 89
inclusa, 29.2, 29.2.1, 29.3 fino a pag. 99 inclusa, 30, 30.1, 30.1.1, 30.1.4, 30.2, 30.2.1, 30.3, 30.4,
30.4.1), VII (parr. 39, 41, 41.1, 41.2, 41.2.1 esclusa la derivazione algebrica della IS, 41.2.2 esclusa
la derivazione algebrica della LM, 41.2.3 esclusa la derivazione algebrica del modello IS-LM).
Further teaching material is provided by the instructor during the course and also available on Moodle
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
16212 - ECONOMIC POLICY
TOMMASO BECHINI
Second Semester
10
SECS-P/06
Learning objectives
The course aims to tackle macroeconomic issues which, in the light of the most recent economic stylized facts, characterize the performance of national and international economic systems.
The aim of the course is to provide tools to assess the role of the State in influencing the economy in the short, medium and long term, with particular emphasis on fiscal and monetary policies, whose objectives, tools and limits are studied in depth.
B. Expected Learning Outcomes
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
The course aims to provide basic theoretical and empirical knowledge needed to allow the student to independently understand the action exercised by economic policy.
This knowledge will be acquired mainly through lectures, reading targeted texts and participation in thematic seminars.
2. ABILITY TO APPLY KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
The student must be able to apply the methodological and theoretical knowledge acquired through the lectures to the interpretation of issues in which the balance and stability of economic systems is at stake. These specific skills will be developed mainly through the study of case studies and classroom debate.
3. AUTONOMY OF JUDGMENT
The autonomy of judgment is built by means of the technical mastery of the tools, and of the understanding of the reasons that make distinct approaches bring different solutions in different contexts. This is made through lessons that encourage discussion and stimulate confrontation.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
The student should acquire the ability to expose and present with mastery of language and adequate analytical skills the issues and topics covered within the course. The tutorials, focused on critical reading and the interpretation of press articles, will aim precisely to foster this ability.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
Students should be able to rework the main notions of economic policy, independently and critically so that to undertake possible further studies with a high degree of autonomy.
Learn basic contents and techniques from Mathematical Analysis, which are needed to study functions, to solve problems relying on integral calculus and to solve simple differential equations. When possible, these themes will be related to applied problems.
Students will learn basic concepts: limit, differentiability, study of functions; integral and its applications; differential equations.
This concepts will be used to solve concrete problems and to face simple mathematical models.
Knowledge and understanding (Dublin descriptor 1)
Understand the concepts of
function, limiti, differentiability of functions of 1 variable and all notions needed to study a function;
integral, methods of integration and basic applications of integral calculus;
differential equation and some resolution methods.
Applying knowledge and understanding (Dublin descriptor 2)
To be able to use the studied tools to
• solve equations and inequalities;
• calcolate limits, derivates, integrals and study functions;
• solve differential equations.
Making judgements (Dublin descriptor 3)
• To be able to detect the rules needed to solve new problems, analogous to the ones faced in lessons.
Communication skills (Dublin descriptor 4)
• Stimulate students to intervene, reason and discuss on questions raised in lessons.
Learning skills (Dublin descriptor 5)
• To be able to discuss some scientific topics with easy mathematical models.
Numerical functions and sets
Introduction: operations between sets. The concept of function; domain, codomain, image and graph of a function. Injective, surjective, inverse and compound functions. Increasing and decreasing functions, even and odd, the numerical sets N, Z, Q, R.
The elementary functions
Review of line, parabola, exponential and logarithmic functions and trigonometric functions. Absolute value. Around a real number.
Limits and continuity
An informal definition. The definition of finite and infinite limits of a function; sign permanence theorem. Right limit and left limit. Existence and uniqueness of the limit. Comparison theorem. Algebra of limits and forms of indecision. Infinites and infinitesimals. Vertical, horizontal and oblique asymptotes. Continuous functions. Weierstrass theorem, intermediate value theorem, zero theorem.
Derivatives
The definition of derivative and its geometric meaning. The calculation of derivatives. Differentiability and continuity, points of non-differentiability. Subsequent derivatives. Rolle's theorem, Lagrange's theorem. De L'Hôpital's theorems. Taylor formula and McLaurin development. Fermat's theorem. Finding the maximum and minimum points of a function. Convexity and concavity of a function. Inflection points. The study of a function.
Integral
Definition of the indefinite integral and its properties. Immediate and quasi-immediate anti-derivatives. Integration by parts. Integration by substitution. Definite integral and its properties. The fundamental theorem of integral calculus. Generalized integrals. Calculation of areas.
examMode
multiple choice test
books
Elementi di Calcolo. Versione semplificata per i nuovi corsi di laurea"
di Paolo Marcellini e Carlo Sbordone
Liguori Editore.
mode
face-to-face lessons
classRoomMode
frequenza obbligatoria
bibliography
Handouts, texts and course materials will be provided by the lecturer
17933 - EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS
SIMONE SPADINI
Second Semester
6
FIS/01
Learning objectives
The course aims to introduce students to the principles of kinematics, mechanics, statics and dynamics of fluids, oscillations and thermodynamics, and electromagnetism, providing them with the fundamental knowledge of classical physics both from a theoretical and an experimental point of view.
The course has the following educational objectives:
- understanding of the kinematics and classical dynamics of the material point;
- acquisition and understanding of the laws and principles of dynamics and statics of rigid bodies;
- acquisition of laws governing the static and dynamic of fluids;
- introductory knowledge of oscillatory phenomena;
- Research the fundamental principles of thermodynamics.
- introductory knowledge to principles of electromagnetism.
The course aims to introduce the basic methodologies of Experimental Physics by developing the ability to identify the essential aspects of physical phenomena and the critical logical skills that enable description and / or verification of phenomenological models capable of describing them, and estimating involved orders of magnitude.
The expected learning results are: (i) the knowledge of the theoretical contents of the course (Dublin descriptor n°1), (ii) the competence in presenting technical argumentation skills (Dublin descriptor n°2), (iii) autonomy of judgment (Dublin descriptor n°3) in proposing the most appropriate approach to argue the request and (iv) the students' ability to express the answers to the questions proposed by the Commission with language properties, to support a dialectical relationship during discussion and to demonstrate logical-deductive and summary abilities in the exposition (Dublin descriptor n°4).
Physical quantities and their units of measurement.
Solid mechanics: scalar and vector quantities; the laws of Statics and Dynamics; kinetic and potential energy; work of a constant force; power.
Fluid mechanics: density and specific weight; Pascal's law; hydraulic press; hydrostatic pressure; atmospheric pressure; Archimedes' principle; Bernoulli's law.
Thermology: heat and temperature; thermal expansion of solids and liquids; specific heat; propagation of energy in the form of heat; ideal gas laws.
Electrology: constitution of matter; conducting bodies and insulating bodies; electrification of bodies; electric generator; electrical circuit, resistance and conductance.
examMode
multiple choice test
books
Libri di testo:
Serway, Jewett, – Principi di Fisica, Edises
Ragozzino, – Elementi di Fisica, EdiSES
mode
face-to-face lessons
classRoomMode
Mandatory
bibliography
Serway, Jewett, – Principi di Fisica, Edises
Ragozzino, – Elementi di Fisica, EdiSES
16210 - LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - ENGLISH III
PIERPAOLO PETRINO
Second Semester
8
L-LIN/12
Learning objectives
16210. Titolo dell’insegnamento
Lingua e Traduzione – Lingua Inglese III
Obiettivi formativi
Approfondimento dello studio della lingua inglese affinché gli allievi incrementino le loro abilità linguistiche e possano comunicare in modo abbastanza scorrevole nella maggior parte delle situazioni quotidiane. Le loro capacità di esprimere idee più complesse cominciano a svilupparsi fino a raggiungere, al termine dei periodi di insegnamento, un’ampia varietà lessicale ed avvalersi, con sicurezza, di tutte le strutture grammaticali di base.
Saranno in grado di utilizzare la lingua in contesti diversi cominciando ad apprezzare molte delle sue complessità e descrivere gli ambienti sociali e culturali nei quali si troveranno ad agire per mezzo della lingua straniera a livello intermedio superiore.
Political Sciences and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024
16210. Title of the teaching
Language and Translation – English III
Training Objectives
In-depth study of the English language so that students can improve their language skills and communicate smoothly enough in most everyday situations. Their ability to express more complex ideas begins to develop until, at the end of the teaching periods, they have a wide variety of vocabulary and are confident in using all the basic grammatical structures.
They will be able to use the language in different contexts, begin to appreciate many of its complexities and describe the social and cultural environments in which they will find themselves acting through the foreign language at an upper intermediate level.
17119. Titolo dell’insegnamento
Lingua e Traduzione – Lingua Inglese II
Obiettivi formativi
Far acquisire agli Allievi un livello di conoscenza della lingua inglese che consenta di sviluppare il loro lessico, la capacità di utilizzare strutture grammaticali e la comprensione della lingua parlata e scritta in modo tale che, al termine dei periodi di insegnamento, siano in grado di comunicare in modo adeguato in semplici situazioni quotidiane e capaci di descrivere gli ambienti sociali e culturali nei quali si troveranno per mezzo della lingua inglese ad un “livello intermedio”.
Political Sciences and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024
17119. Title of the teaching
Language and Translation – English II
Training Objectives
To provide the students with a level of knowledge of the English language that allows them to develop their vocabulary, the ability to use grammatical structures and understanding of spoken and written language in such a way that, at the end of the teaching periods, they are able to communicate adequately in simple everyday situations and capable of describing the social and cultural environments in which they will be through English at an “intermediate level”.
119329. Titolo dell’insegnamento
Tecniche Aeronautiche
Obiettivi formativi
Fornire al frequentatore del Corso per Allievo Maresciallo di Forza armata le conoscenze di base necessarie ad operare nel contesto della Categoria di appartenenza.
Political Sciences and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024 and 2024/2025
119329. Title of teaching
Aeronautical Techniques
Training Objectives
Provide the participant of the Course for Warrant Officer of Armed Forces Student with the basic knowledge necessary to operate in the context of the category of membership.
The course programme will focus on the in-depth study of the various minimum technical knowledge required, in the subject area of experimental physics, to operate with awareness and certified skills, from a technical point of view, in the various categories of which the Air Force is composed.
examMode
The test will be written and cover the fundamental topics of the subject.
books
Walker, J. S., Massa, C., Vandelli, T., & Migliori, A. Fondamenti di fisica (2005)
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
Walker, J. S., Massa, C., Vandelli, T., & Migliori, A. Fondamenti di fisica (2005)
16211 - MILITARY POLICY
MICHELE PEZONE
First Semester
10
SPS/06
Learning objectives
Political Science and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024
16211. Title of the teaching
Military Policy
Learning objectives
Macro-subject composed of 4 military disciplines that pursues the following didactic/training objectives:
a) Cyber Defence: Gain basic knowledge about the concept of cyberwarfare through an overview of electronic, computer and related telecommunication technologies.
b) Air Power: Understanding the historical evolution of the concept of Air Power as a necessary instrument for achieving political objectives.
c) Security and Defence Policy: Understand the historical evolution of strategic thinking, with particular reference to the general lines of foreign security and defence policy that have implications for the organization and use of the FF.AA.
d) Air Armament: Present the main weapon systems in the Air Force and future acquisition with particular reference to the methods of use in pursuit of national defence objectives.
16215. Titolo dell’insegnamento
Scienza Politica 2
Obiettivi formativi
Macro-materia composta da 4 discipline militari che persegue i seguenti obiettivi didattico/formativi:
Leadership 2: Approfondire il concetto di leadership secondo il principale documento di riferimento della Forza Armata con particolare riferimento alla dimensione di gruppo (team leadership);
Logistica generale: comprendere la struttura del sistema logistico dell’Aeronautica Militare;
Project Management: conoscere le potenzialità di un sistema di Project Management con particolare riferimento ai suoi utilizzi nel contesto della Forza Armata;
Tecniche di comunicazione efficace: conoscere e applicare le principali metodologie di comunicazione utilizzate nei contesti operazionali della Forza Armata.
Political Science and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024 and 2024/2025
16215. Title of the teaching
Political Science 2
Training objectives
Macro-subject composed of 4 military disciplines which pursues the following didactic/training objectives:
a) Leadership 2: Deepen the concept of leadership according to the main reference document of the Armed Forces with particular reference to the group dimension (team leadership);
b) General logistics: understanding the structure of the Air Force’s logistics system;
c) Project Management: to know the potential of a Project Management system with particular reference to its uses in the context of the Armed Forces;
d) Effective communication techniques: to know and apply the main methods of communication used in the operational contexts of the Armed Forces.
The course will develop the basic political science knowledge acquired by delving into three aspects in particular
- the theme of leadership, the exercise of command functions and project management in the military sphere
- the theme of the organisation and political management of logistics activities;
- the theme of political communication in the military context and in the national and international operational context.
examMode
The test will be written and cover the fundamental topics of the subject.
books
Andrzejewski, S, Military organization and society, (2013).
classRoomMode
Mandatory
bibliography
Andrzejewski, S, Military organization and society, (2013).
16643 - INTERNSHIPS AND JOB TRAINING
Second Semester
2
18128 - AEROSPACE SYSTEMS AND STRUCTURES
VALERIA DE SANTISGIUSEPPE PISANIELLO
Second Semester
18
ING-IND/05
Learning objectives
Political Science and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024 and 2024/2025
18128. Title of the teaching
Aerospace Systems and Plants
Training objectives
All technical and professional disciplines of specific interest in the individual categories/specialties assigned by the Armed Forces for the Warrant Officer role, training aims to provide students with the knowledge necessary for the performance of tasks directly related to their field of employment.
Il corso integra conoscenze grammaticali e lessicali generali e conoscenza dei campi semantici, che più ricorrono nel linguaggio militare, al fine di interagire in contesti mirati.
Verrà utilizzata un’ ampia bibliografia di riferimento che comprenderà, oltre al manuale adottato, la sitografia FLE (Français Langue Etrangère) e i documenti scritti e audiovisivi dei siti istituzionali francesi della Difesa, in primis del Ministère des Armées.
The course integrates study of general grammatical and lexical structures and of semantic fields that occur most in military language, in order to interact in targeted contexts.
An extensive reference bibliography will be used which will include, in addition to the adopted manual, the FLE (Français Langue Etrangère) website and the written and audiovisual documents of the French institutional Defense sites, primarily of the Ministère des Armées.
Knowledge and understanding :
Students will learn to know phonological, grammatical, lexical, morpho-syntactic, functional, textual and discursive functions provided by the Common European Framework for levels A1/A2.
They will also learn about lexical, morpho-syntactic, functional, textual and discursive contents characteristic of military French.
Moreover, the course will cover cultural aspects of Francophonie, because of the partnership France/Italy.
Applying knowledge and understanding :
Students should be able to speak briefly, answering and asking simple questions, and understand and produce simple written texts: sentences about themselves and where they live, their name, nationality, address, age, date of birth, for example to fill out a registration form, write numbers and dates, write a letter of 40/50 words.
They will be able to recognize the communication situation and know how to choose the reference register (formal/informal), applying the knowledge acquired.
Making judgements :
Students will be able to master their own linguistic production and therefore encourage self-correction. They will also be able to identify errors in the French language due to interference with the Italian language
Communication skills :
Through a basic vocabulary, students will acquire the ability to express themselves both on general topics (presentation of themselves, their thoughts, their projects, request for information...) and on topics of a professional nature (military clothing, combat equipment, military degrees, …).
Learning skills :
Students will be able to enrich on their own their specialist vocabulary to better carry out their work role.
• Articles (definite, indefinites, partitive, contracted)
• Feminine, nouns and adjectives
• Plural, nouns and adjectives
• Possessive and demonstrative adjectives
• Interrogative determiners (quel, quels/quelle/quelles)
• Numbers
• Verbs être et avoir in the present tense
• Regular verbs that end in -er in the present tense
• Regular verbs that end in -ir in the present tense
• Most common irregular verbs (aller, venir, dire faire, savoir, pouvoir, vouloir, devoir, écrire …)
- The passé composé tense
- The Imperative mood
• Subject pronouns
• French pronoun on
• French pronouns en et y
• Direct and indirect object pronouns
• Most common prepositions and adverbs of place
• Most common adverbs of quantity: très, beaucoup, beaucoup de
• Interrogative sentences
• Negative sentences
• il y a /il faut
• Qui est-ce ? Qu’est-ce que c’est ?
• C’est/Il est
Communication
- The most common way to introduce yourself in French
- Physical characteristics
- Expressing emotions and feelings
- Relationships
- Dates and times
- Expressing Agreement and Disagreement
- Asking for and Giving Directions
- How to plan a journey
- Means of transport
- Profession, hobbies
- Search for accommodation
- Talk about the weather
- Army wear and equipment
- Soldier’s routine
books
“Premium” (méthode de français, TOUT EN UN, leçons + exercices) Niveau: A1, Auteur : CLE, International 2020, ISBN: 978-209-035601-4
Websites for specialized military terms:
-Ministère de la Défense-Italie (https://www.difesa.it/FR/Pagine/Home.aspx)
-Ministère des Armées (https://www.defense.gouv.fr)
-Les missions de l’armée de Terre | Sengager.fr (https://www.sengager.fr)
-Défense et Sécurité (hww.sgdsn.gouv.fr)
classRoomMode
Mandatory
bibliography
“Premium” (méthode de français, TOUT EN UN, leçons + exercices) Niveau: A1, Auteur : CLE, International 2020, ISBN: 978-209-035601-4
Websites for specialized military terms:
-Ministère de la Défense-Italie (https://www.difesa.it/FR/Pagine/Home.aspx)
-Ministère des Armées (https://www.defense.gouv.fr)
-Les missions de l’armée de Terre | Sengager.fr (https://www.sengager.fr)
-Défense et Sécurité (hww.sgdsn.gouv.fr)
17744 - KNOWLEDGE OF AT LEAST ONE FOREIGN LANGUAGE: FRENCH LANGUAGE
MARILENA GENOVESE
Second Semester
2
L-LIN/04
Learning objectives
The course integrates study of general grammatical and lexical structures and of semantic fields that occur most in military language, in order to interact in targeted contexts.
An extensive reference bibliography will be used which will include, in addition to the adopted manual, the FLE (Français Langue Etrangère) website and the written and audiovisual documents of the French institutional Defense sites, primarily of the Ministère des Armées.
1. Knowledge and understanding :
Students will learn to know phonological, grammatical, lexical, morpho-syntactic, functional, textual and discursive functions provided by the Common European Framework for levels A1/A2.
They will also learn about lexical, morpho-syntactic, functional, textual and discursive contents characteristic of military French.
Moreover, the course will cover cultural aspects of Francophonie, because of the partnership France/Italy.
2. Applying knowledge and understanding :
Students should be able to speak briefly, answering and asking simple questions, and understand and produce simple written texts: sentences about themselves and where they live, their name, nationality, address, age, date of birth, for example to fill out a registration form, write numbers and dates, write a letter of 40/50 words.
They will be able to recognize the communication situation and know how to choose the reference register (formal/informal), applying the knowledge acquired.
3. Making judgements :
Students will be able to master their own linguistic production and therefore encourage self-correction. They will also be able to identify errors in the French language due to interference with the Italian language
4. Communication skills :
Through a basic vocabulary, students will acquire the ability to express themselves both on general topics (presentation of themselves, their thoughts, their projects, request for information...) and on topics of a professional nature (military clothing, combat equipment, military degrees, …).
5. Learning skills :
Students will be able to enrich on their own their specialist vocabulary to better carry out their work role.
- Gli articoli determinativi, indeterminativi, contractés et partitivi
- Il femminile dei nomi e degli aggettivi
- Il plurale dei nomi e degli aggettivi
- Gli aggettivi possessivi e dimostrativi
- Gli aggettivi interrogativi (quel, quelle, quels, quelles)
- Gli aggettivi numerali
- Gli ausiliari être e avoir
- I verbi del primo gruppo (-er)
- I verbi del secondo gruppo (-ir)
- Alcuni verbi irregolari (aller, venir, dire faire, savoir, pouvoir, vouloir, devoir, écrire ...)
- Il passé composé
- L’imperativo
- I pronomi personali soggetto
- Il pronome on
- I pronomi en et y
- I pronomi personali complemento
- Le preposizioni di luogo
- Gli avverbi di quantità très, beaucoup, beaucoup de
- La frase interrogativa
- La frase negativa
- Il y a/Il faut
- Qui est-ce ? Qu’est-ce que c’est ?
- C’est/Il est
Comunicazione
- Salutare e presentarsi
- Descrivere il proprio carattere
- Esprimere i propri gusti
- La famiglia
- Saper chiedere e dire l'ora e la data
- Esprimere accordo e disaccordo
- Orientarsi e chiedere un itinerario
- Organizzare un viaggio
- I mezzi di trasporto
- Il lavoro e le professioni
- Cercare e scegliere un alloggio
- Parlare del tempo
- Abbigliamento e attrezzatura militare
- Descrivere una giornata tipo
examMode
prova scritta
books
“Premium” (méthode de français, TOUT EN UN, leçons + exercices) Niveau: A1, Auteur : CLE, International 2020, ISBN: 978-209-035601-4
Siti web linguaggio specialistico militare:
-Ministère de la Défense-Italie (https://www.difesa.it/FR/Pagine/Home.aspx)
-Ministère des Armées (https://www.defense.gouv.fr)
-Les missions de l’armée de Terre | Sengager.fr (https://www.sengager.fr)
-Défense et Sécurité (hww.sgdsn.gouv.fr)
classRoomMode
Mandatory
bibliography
“Premium” (méthode de français, TOUT EN UN, leçons + exercices) Niveau: A1, Auteur : CLE, International 2020, ISBN: 978-209-035601-4
SUBJECT
SEMESTER
CFU
SSD
LANGUAGE
16214 - SOCIOLOGY OF POLITICAL PHENOMENA
ROSALBA BELMONTE
First Semester
8
SPS/11
Learning objectives
The course aims to analyze in depth the relationships between the social system and the political system. Through the analysis of the main concepts and theories of political sociology, students will acquire useful cognitive tools to interpret and operate professionally in complex socio-political systems. The expert knowledge acquired will enable students to understand the dynamics, power relations, structural and superstructural variables that act in the political context in which they will live and work.
EXPECTED LEARNING RESULTS
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- read and summarize scientific texts on political sociology;
- describe the main theoretical concepts and research methodologies proper to the political sociology;
- identify the main authors who have worked in the field of political social.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- collocate authors and theories of the political sociology in a line of temporal evolution;
- summarize the main theoretical and scientific aspects;
- define the limits of the discipline and identify its critical points.
3. MAKING JUDGMENTS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- describe in sociological terms the characteristics of the political scenario, its actors, its social structures, its agencies;
- identify and use sociological variables in the evaluation of a complex political scenario;
- understand the intrinsically social dimension of the process of consensus building and management of power and authority.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- use the scientific lexicon of the political sociology in oral exposure and writing;
- discuss in public concepts, theories and social situations of the political system and its articulations;;
- work in groups, sharing and exchanging the knowledge acquired in the field of political sociology.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- find and deepen independently the new scientific orientations regarding the political sociology;
- recover and deepen their socio-political knowledge during the course of their scientific maturation process and along their professional path.
The first part of the program will be aimed at studying the main theories and fundamental concepts of the discipline:
How political sociology was born and what it studies.
The state, power and authority.
Socialization, participation and political recruitment.
Political communication and public opinion.
Ideology.
How societies change (social change).
In the SECOND PART of the course the relationship between politics and generational change will be investigated, through the analysis of recent empirical research conducted by Flaminia Saccà on young administrators in Lazio.
examMode
Multiple choice test
books
Michael Rush, Politica e società. Introduzione alla sociologia politica, Il Mulino, Bologna
Capitoli 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 e 10.
Flaminia Saccà, Politica e mutamento generazionale. Uno studio di caso: la cultura politica dei giovani amministratori del Lazio, Franco Angeli, Roma 2014
mode
Frontal lessons
classRoomMode
Compulsory
bibliography
See adopted texts
16215 - POLITICAL SCIENCE II
First Semester
10
SPS/04
Learning objectives
16215. Titolo dell’insegnamento
Scienza Politica 2
Obiettivi formativi
Macro-materia composta da 4 discipline militari che persegue i seguenti obiettivi didattico/formativi:
Leadership 2: Approfondire il concetto di leadership secondo il principale documento di riferimento della Forza Armata con particolare riferimento alla dimensione di gruppo (team leadership);
Logistica generale: comprendere la struttura del sistema logistico dell’Aeronautica Militare;
Project Management: conoscere le potenzialità di un sistema di Project Management con particolare riferimento ai suoi utilizzi nel contesto della Forza Armata;
Tecniche di comunicazione efficace: conoscere e applicare le principali metodologie di comunicazione utilizzate nei contesti operazionali della Forza Armata.
Political Science and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024 and 2024/2025
16215. Title of the teaching
Political Science 2
Training objectives
Macro-subject composed of 4 military disciplines which pursues the following didactic/training objectives:
a) Leadership 2: Deepen the concept of leadership according to the main reference document of the Armed Forces with particular reference to the group dimension (team leadership);
b) General logistics: understanding the structure of the Air Force’s logistics system;
c) Project Management: to know the potential of a Project Management system with particular reference to its uses in the context of the Armed Forces;
d) Effective communication techniques: to know and apply the main methods of communication used in the operational contexts of the Armed Forces.
16217 - INTERNATIONAL LAW
ANDREA DELLA CASA
First Semester
8
IUS/13
Learning objectives
The course aims to provide students with the cognitive tools essential to learning the fundamental mechanisms of contemporary international law, both through theoretical explanations of its institutions and through practical exercises, carried out through analysis of specific cases and/or questionnaires. The teaching mainly aims to highlight the peculiarities of the public international legal system, taking into account its evolution also through the prism of history, society and international politics. The ways in which international norms influence the life of all international subjects will be highlighted: States, International Organizations and individuals. The expected learning outcomes include knowledge and ability to understand, learn and communicate with reference to international legal phenomena, as well as the ability to obtain autonomy of judgment in their analysis.
The formation and evolution of international law. The features of the international system.
The sources of international law: customs, treaties and general principles of law. The relationship between the sources of international law: the codification of international law, the hierarchy of the sources.
The ralationship between international and municipal law.
Immunity from jurisdiction: Sovereign immunity, diplomatic immunity, the immunities of international organizations and their functionaries.
The use of force under international law: the prohibition of the use of force. Self defence, collective self defence. The United Nations collective security system. The role and powers of the Security Council.
International responsibility: State responsibility, responsibility of international organizations for internationally wrongful acts, individual responsibility and international crimes.
International disputes settlement: arbitration and international tribunals. The international Court of Justice. The other means of peaceful settlement of inter-State disputes. Human Rights courts and tribunals. The International Criminal Court. International criminal tribunals and hybrid criminal tribunals.
examMode
written exam
books
E. Cannizzaro, Diritto Internazionale, ultima edizione, Giappichelli.
B. Conforti, M. Iovane, Diritto internazionale, ultima edizione, Editoriale Scientifica.
classRoomMode
Mandatory
bibliography
E. Cannizzaro, Diritto Internazionale, ultima edizione, Giappichelli.
B. Conforti, M. Iovane, Diritto internazionale, ultima edizione, Editoriale Scientifica.
16211 - MILITARY POLICY
MICHELE PEZONEMICHELE PEZONE
First Semester
10
SPS/06
Learning objectives
Political Science and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024
16211. Title of the teaching
Military Policy
Learning objectives
Macro-subject composed of 4 military disciplines that pursues the following didactic/training objectives:
a) Cyber Defence: Gain basic knowledge about the concept of cyberwarfare through an overview of electronic, computer and related telecommunication technologies.
b) Air Power: Understanding the historical evolution of the concept of Air Power as a necessary instrument for achieving political objectives.
c) Security and Defence Policy: Understand the historical evolution of strategic thinking, with particular reference to the general lines of foreign security and defence policy that have implications for the organization and use of the FF.AA.
d) Air Armament: Present the main weapon systems in the Air Force and future acquisition with particular reference to the methods of use in pursuit of national defence objectives.
Il corso integra conoscenze grammaticali e lessicali generali e conoscenza dei campi semantici, che più ricorrono nel linguaggio militare, al fine di interagire in contesti mirati.
Verrà utilizzata un’ ampia bibliografia di riferimento che comprenderà, oltre al manuale adottato, la sitografia FLE (Français Langue Etrangère) e i documenti scritti e audiovisivi dei siti istituzionali francesi della Difesa, in primis del Ministère des Armées.
The course integrates study of general grammatical and lexical structures and of semantic fields that occur most in military language, in order to interact in targeted contexts.
An extensive reference bibliography will be used which will include, in addition to the adopted manual, the FLE (Français Langue Etrangère) website and the written and audiovisual documents of the French institutional Defense sites, primarily of the Ministère des Armées.
Knowledge and understanding :
Students will learn to know phonological, grammatical, lexical, morpho-syntactic, functional, textual and discursive functions provided by the Common European Framework for levels A1/A2.
They will also learn about lexical, morpho-syntactic, functional, textual and discursive contents characteristic of military French.
Moreover, the course will cover cultural aspects of Francophonie, because of the partnership France/Italy.
Applying knowledge and understanding :
Students should be able to speak briefly, answering and asking simple questions, and understand and produce simple written texts: sentences about themselves and where they live, their name, nationality, address, age, date of birth, for example to fill out a registration form, write numbers and dates, write a letter of 40/50 words.
They will be able to recognize the communication situation and know how to choose the reference register (formal/informal), applying the knowledge acquired.
Making judgements :
Students will be able to master their own linguistic production and therefore encourage self-correction. They will also be able to identify errors in the French language due to interference with the Italian language
Communication skills :
Through a basic vocabulary, students will acquire the ability to express themselves both on general topics (presentation of themselves, their thoughts, their projects, request for information...) and on topics of a professional nature (military clothing, combat equipment, military degrees, …).
Learning skills :
Students will be able to enrich on their own their specialist vocabulary to better carry out their work role.
• Articles (definite, indefinites, partitive, contracted)
• Feminine, nouns and adjectives
• Plural, nouns and adjectives
• Possessive and demonstrative adjectives
• Interrogative determiners (quel, quels/quelle/quelles)
• Numbers
• Verbs être et avoir in the present tense
• Regular verbs that end in -er in the present tense
• Regular verbs that end in -ir in the present tense
• Most common irregular verbs (aller, venir, dire faire, savoir, pouvoir, vouloir, devoir, écrire …)
- The passé composé tense
- The Imperative mood
• Subject pronouns
• French pronoun on
• French pronouns en et y
• Direct and indirect object pronouns
• Most common prepositions and adverbs of place
• Most common adverbs of quantity: très, beaucoup, beaucoup de
• Interrogative sentences
• Negative sentences
• il y a /il faut
• Qui est-ce ? Qu’est-ce que c’est ?
• C’est/Il est
Communication
- The most common way to introduce yourself in French
- Physical characteristics
- Expressing emotions and feelings
- Relationships
- Dates and times
- Expressing Agreement and Disagreement
- Asking for and Giving Directions
- How to plan a journey
- Means of transport
- Profession, hobbies
- Search for accommodation
- Talk about the weather
- Army wear and equipment
- Soldier’s routine
examMode
Written test
Ongoing evaluation
books
“Premium” (méthode de français, TOUT EN UN, leçons + exercices) Niveau: A1, Auteur : CLE, International 2020, ISBN: 978-209-035601-4
Siti web linguaggio specialistico militare:
-Ministère de la Défense-Italie (https://www.difesa.it/FR/Pagine/Home.aspx)
-Ministère des Armées (https://www.defense.gouv.fr)
-Les missions de l’armée de Terre | Sengager.fr (https://www.sengager.fr)
-Défense et Sécurité (hww.sgdsn.gouv.fr)
classRoomMode
Mandatory
bibliography
“Premium” (méthode de français, TOUT EN UN, leçons + exercices) Niveau: A1, Auteur : CLE, International 2020, ISBN: 978-209-035601-4
Siti web linguaggio specialistico militare:
-Ministère de la Défense-Italie (https://www.difesa.it/FR/Pagine/Home.aspx)
-Ministère des Armées (https://www.defense.gouv.fr)
-Les missions de l’armée de Terre | Sengager.fr (https://www.sengager.fr)
-Défense et Sécurité (hww.sgdsn.gouv.fr)
16216 - ADMINISTRATIVE LAW
ALESSANDRO PROCENESI
Second Semester
8
IUS/10
16316 - POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY
VALENTINA CASTRONUOVO
Second Semester
6
M-GGR/02
Learning objectives
The course provides basic theoretical and methodological knowledge for the analysis of the organization of territorial systems and socio-economic issues of the contemporary world from a geographical perspective.
In line with the training objectives defined by the Degree Course, the expected learning outcomes can also be declined on the basis of the Dublin Descriptors:
1) Knowledge and understanding. The course facilitates the study of theories and methods of geographical analysis. The main objective is to make national and international territorial political practices understood.
2) Ability to apply knowledge and understanding. The goal is to make students able to understand the dynamics and the conceptual and application tools of local policies, government and governance so that they can acquire critical knowledge and understanding.
3) Autonomy of judgment. Build your own vision of the problems and solutions to be proposed regarding the elements of discrimination and territorial marginalization (economic, social, political, environmental sustainability).
17744 - KNOWLEDGE OF AT LEAST ONE FOREIGN LANGUAGE: FRENCH LANGUAGE
MARILENA GENOVESE
Second Semester
2
L-LIN/04
Learning objectives
The course integrates study of general grammatical and lexical structures and of semantic fields that occur most in military language, in order to interact in targeted contexts.
An extensive reference bibliography will be used which will include, in addition to the adopted manual, the FLE (Français Langue Etrangère) website and the written and audiovisual documents of the French institutional Defense sites, primarily of the Ministère des Armées.
1. Knowledge and understanding :
Students will learn to know phonological, grammatical, lexical, morpho-syntactic, functional, textual and discursive functions provided by the Common European Framework for levels A1/A2.
They will also learn about lexical, morpho-syntactic, functional, textual and discursive contents characteristic of military French.
Moreover, the course will cover cultural aspects of Francophonie, because of the partnership France/Italy.
2. Applying knowledge and understanding :
Students should be able to speak briefly, answering and asking simple questions, and understand and produce simple written texts: sentences about themselves and where they live, their name, nationality, address, age, date of birth, for example to fill out a registration form, write numbers and dates, write a letter of 40/50 words.
They will be able to recognize the communication situation and know how to choose the reference register (formal/informal), applying the knowledge acquired.
3. Making judgements :
Students will be able to master their own linguistic production and therefore encourage self-correction. They will also be able to identify errors in the French language due to interference with the Italian language
4. Communication skills :
Through a basic vocabulary, students will acquire the ability to express themselves both on general topics (presentation of themselves, their thoughts, their projects, request for information...) and on topics of a professional nature (military clothing, combat equipment, military degrees, …).
5. Learning skills :
Students will be able to enrich on their own their specialist vocabulary to better carry out their work role.
16210. Titolo dell’insegnamento
Lingua e Traduzione – Lingua Inglese III
Obiettivi formativi
Approfondimento dello studio della lingua inglese affinché gli allievi incrementino le loro abilità linguistiche e possano comunicare in modo abbastanza scorrevole nella maggior parte delle situazioni quotidiane. Le loro capacità di esprimere idee più complesse cominciano a svilupparsi fino a raggiungere, al termine dei periodi di insegnamento, un’ampia varietà lessicale ed avvalersi, con sicurezza, di tutte le strutture grammaticali di base.
Saranno in grado di utilizzare la lingua in contesti diversi cominciando ad apprezzare molte delle sue complessità e descrivere gli ambienti sociali e culturali nei quali si troveranno ad agire per mezzo della lingua straniera a livello intermedio superiore.
Political Sciences and International Relations L - 36
Academic year 2023/2024
16210. Title of the teaching
Language and Translation – English III
Training Objectives
In-depth study of the English language so that students can improve their language skills and communicate smoothly enough in most everyday situations. Their ability to express more complex ideas begins to develop until, at the end of the teaching periods, they have a wide variety of vocabulary and are confident in using all the basic grammatical structures.
They will be able to use the language in different contexts, begin to appreciate many of its complexities and describe the social and cultural environments in which they will find themselves acting through the foreign language at an upper intermediate level.
Educational objectives.
Knowledge of the main Italian public law institutions with particular attention to sources of law, constitutional bodies, rights of liberty, public administration and regional and local law.
Expected learning outcomes.
Students will acquire useful knowledge both to face the university study of specific areas of law, and the study aimed at participating in selective procedures, at the same time equipping themselves with useful tools to analyze social, political and institutional issues of general interest.
The course aims to provide students with the essential elements inherent in the production of legal rules by public authorities (the sources of law) and its organization both at state, regional, local and European level.
In particular, the course will provide students with the tools to understand the formalization of choices by constitutional bodies and the institutional mechanisms related to political dynamics.
Knowledge of the main Italian public law institutions with particular attention to sources of law, constitutional bodies, rights of liberty, public administration and regional and local law.
examMode
Oral exam with questions from the commission in person. The answers will be evaluated with attention to the concepts, institutions and language of public law.
books
A. Sterpa, N. Viceconte, L'ordinamento costituzionale e la norma giuridica, Napoli, 2023
A. Sterpa, Premierato all'italiana, Utet, 2024
mode
Oral Questions
classRoomMode
Free.
bibliography
A. Sterpa, N. Viceconte, L'ordinamento costituzionale e la norma giuridica, Napoli, 2023
A. Sterpa, Premierato all'italiana, Utet, 2024
16273 - CONTEMPORARY HISTORY
MAURIZIO RIDOLFIMAURIZIO RIDOLFI
First Semester
8
M-STO/04
Learning objectives
The course is meant to provide a good knowledge of the main political, social, economic, and cultural phenomena of contemporary history (since Belle Epoque until the end of the Cold War), in national, European and global perspective.
The course includes a manual part, which aims to offer an exhaustive framework on the political-institutional, socio-economic and communicative-media transformations in the historical processes that have marked the last two centuries, between 1848 and the present time, with attention to the roots of contemporaneity in the 19th century and the challenges of the 21st century.
It moves from Italy with a transnational history approach, in the European and Mediterranean, Atlantic and intercontinental spaces, enhancing global interactions and interdependencies; firstly through attention to the phenomena of secular nineteenth-twentieth century emigration and recent immigration to Italy and Europe.
The course also develops thematic paths that allow us to enhance the role of sources (archival, written, oral, audio-visual, online) in "making history". The course includes three thematic workshops: "Italians and migration (19th-21st centuries)"; “Media and politics in globalization (19th-21st centuries)”; “Italy, Italians and Italians in post-war cinema”. The audio-visual materials will be accessible via links to the digital platform of the manual being adopted (Pearson publisher).
examMode
Evaluation methods
For those attending, an intermediate self-assessment test is scheduled, also as a check on the learning of the course. It is not selective and takes place on the digital platform of the publisher Pearson (based on the text of the manual in use), as an application of the laboratory activities.
Exam test.
The exam is a written test, with four questions relating to the manual and one relating to the text chosen by the candidate from those indicated.
books
Adopted texts and bibliography
The course focuses on the manual volume of Maurizio Ridolfi, Storia della politica. Italia e Italiani in prospettiva transnazionale nei secoli XIX-XXI, Milano, Pearson, 2020 [ISBN: 9788891913654]; Storia della politica - Digital edition [ISBN: 9788891913661], MyLab - student access.
Monographic texts are added, from which the student must choose one:
Agnese Bertolotti, Bisogni e desideri. Società, consumi e cinema in Italia dalla ricostruzione al boom, Milano, Mimesis, 2021 [ISBN: 9788857574806]
Raffaello Ares Doro (a cura di), Diritto allo studio e educazione degli adulti nell’Italia repubblicana. Nel cinquantesimo anniversario delle 150 ore, Roma, Viella, 2024, pp. 268 [ISBN: 9791254696934];
Maurizio Ridolfi, Le feste nazionali, Bologna, il Mulino, 2021 [ISBN: 978-88-15-29131-8].
Alessandro Rosina e Roberto Impicciatore, Storia demografica d'Italia. Crescita, crisi, sfide, Roma, Carocci 2023 [ISBN: 978-88-290-1679-2]
mode
The course combines lectures with seminars and laboratory activities also carried out by external researchers and scholars, focused on the use and valorisation of historical work through sources: written texts and oral testimonies, photographs and images, audio-visual documents.
The course involves the preparation of teaching materials on the Pearson platform (the publisher of the manual in use), with interactions through exercises and discussion forums. It will be possible, for those who cannot be present, to follow the lessons via streaming.
classRoomMode
Attendance is optional but highly recommended, in order to acquire mastery of the language and jargon of the social and historical sciences.
bibliography
Attendance is optional but highly recommended, in order to acquire mastery of the language and jargon of the social and historical sciences.
The course includes a manual part, which aims to offer an exhaustive framework on the political-institutional, socio-economic and communicative-media transformations in the historical processes that have marked the last two centuries, between 1848 and the present time, with attention to the roots of contemporaneity in the 19th century and the challenges of the 21st century.
It moves from Italy with a transnational history approach, in the European and Mediterranean, Atlantic and intercontinental spaces, enhancing global interactions and interdependencies; firstly through attention to the phenomena of secular nineteenth-twentieth century emigration and recent immigration to Italy and Europe.
The course also develops thematic paths that allow us to enhance the role of sources (archival, written, oral, audio-visual, online) in "making history". The course includes three thematic workshops: "Italians and migration (19th-21st centuries)"; “Media and politics in globalization (19th-21st centuries)”; “Italy, Italians and Italians in post-war cinema”. The audio-visual materials will be accessible via links to the digital platform of the manual being adopted (Pearson publisher).
examMode
Evaluation methods
For those attending, an intermediate self-assessment test is scheduled, also as a check on the learning of the course. It is not selective and takes place on the digital platform of the publisher Pearson (based on the text of the manual in use), as an application of the laboratory activities.
Exam test.
The exam is a written test, with four questions relating to the manual and one relating to the text chosen by the candidate from those indicated.
books
Adopted texts and bibliography
The course focuses on the manual volume of Maurizio Ridolfi, Storia della politica. Italia e Italiani in prospettiva transnazionale nei secoli XIX-XXI, Milano, Pearson, 2020 [ISBN: 9788891913654]; Storia della politica - Digital edition [ISBN: 9788891913661], MyLab - student access.
Monographic texts are added, from which the student must choose one:
Agnese Bertolotti, Bisogni e desideri. Società, consumi e cinema in Italia dalla ricostruzione al boom, Milano, Mimesis, 2021 [ISBN: 9788857574806]
Raffaello Ares Doro (a cura di), Diritto allo studio e educazione degli adulti nell’Italia repubblicana. Nel cinquantesimo anniversario delle 150 ore, Roma, Viella, 2024, pp. 268 [ISBN: 9791254696934];
Maurizio Ridolfi, Le feste nazionali, Bologna, il Mulino, 2021 [ISBN: 978-88-15-29131-8].
Alessandro Rosina e Roberto Impicciatore, Storia demografica d'Italia. Crescita, crisi, sfide, Roma, Carocci 2023 [ISBN: 978-88-290-1679-2]
mode
The course combines lectures with seminars and laboratory activities also carried out by external researchers and scholars, focused on the use and valorisation of historical work through sources: written texts and oral testimonies, photographs and images, audio-visual documents.
The course involves the preparation of teaching materials on the Pearson platform (the publisher of the manual in use), with interactions through exercises and discussion forums. It will be possible, for those who cannot be present, to follow the lessons via streaming.
classRoomMode
Attendance is optional but highly recommended, in order to acquire mastery of the language and jargon of the social and historical sciences.
bibliography
Attendance is optional but highly recommended, in order to acquire mastery of the language and jargon of the social and historical sciences.
16284 - GENERAL SOCIOLOGY
MELISSA MONGIARDOMELISSA MONGIARDO
First Semester
8
SPS/07
Learning objectives
Goals:
Acquiring the main concepts of sociology and the
The aim of the course is to provide the main concepts of sociology and the acquisition of the main structural features and social processes that characterize modern and contemporary societies.
The discipline provides:
1) knowledge and understanding of sociology as discipline (to read and summarize the sociological scientific texts; to identify the fundamental concepts of sociology);
2) knowledge and understanding of the main concepts of the discipline (to analyze the main social processes of contemporary societies);
3) autonomy of judgement (capacity of discussing about social phenomena; to be able of assessing the quality of sociological works);
4) communication abilities (good knowledge of the sociological lexicon; capacity to discuss about sociological concepts and theories and about social phenomena in public; teamwork);
4) learning skills (being able to deepen his/her sociological knowledge).
The aim of the course is to provide the main fundamentals of general sociology as a useful tool
- to better interpret contemporary society and social organisation;
- to analyse emerging social phenomena from a critical perspective;
- to operate a systematic and critical reflection aimed at acting the social worlds in a more conscious and effective manner.
To achieve these objectives, the course programme is divided into two parts.
PART I - THE SOCIOLOGICAL IMAGINATION
The first part focuses primarily on the exercise of the so-called ‘sociological imagination’ starting with the main aspects of the discipline discussed in the text:
Manza J., Arum R., Haney L. (2018), (ed. it. edited by Santoro M.), Progetto Sociologia, guida all'immaginazione sociologica, Pearson, Milano.
Main themes: Sociological imagination; Social theory; Social world; Social interaction; Social structure; Power and politics; Markets, labour organisation; Social stratification, inequality and poverty.
PART II - REFLEXIVITY
The second part of the programme is dedicated to the concept of ‘reflexivity’, a crucial aspect of the sociological discipline, discussed through the text:
Bourdieu P. (2024), (ed. it. edited by Ienna G., Lombardo C., Sabetta L., Santoro M.), Sulla riflessività, Meltemi, Milano.
examMode
In accordance with the fact that this course represents the inaugural offering within the sociological disciplines, the examination is conducted orally for the purpose of more precise verification of the knowledge and skills that have been acquired.
books
Manza J., Arum R., Haney L. (2018), (ed. it. edited by Santoro M.), Progetto Sociologia, guida all'immaginazione sociologica, Pearson, Milano.
Bourdieu P. (2024), (ed. it. edited by Ienna G., Lombardo C., Sabetta L., Santoro M.), Sulla riflessività, Meltemi, Milano.
classRoomMode
It should be noted that attendance at the course is not obligatory.
bibliography
Bagnasco A., Barbagli M., Cavalli A. (2012), Corso di Sociologia, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Collins R. (2006), Teorie sociologiche, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Bourdieu P. (2015), Forme di capitale, Armando Editore, Roma.
The aim of the course is to provide the main fundamentals of general sociology as a useful tool
- to better interpret contemporary society and social organisation;
- to analyse emerging social phenomena from a critical perspective;
- to operate a systematic and critical reflection aimed at acting the social worlds in a more conscious and effective manner.
To achieve these objectives, the course programme is divided into two parts.
PART I - THE SOCIOLOGICAL IMAGINATION
The first part focuses primarily on the exercise of the so-called ‘sociological imagination’ starting with the main aspects of the discipline discussed in the text:
Manza J., Arum R., Haney L. (2018), (ed. it. edited by Santoro M.), Progetto Sociologia, guida all'immaginazione sociologica, Pearson, Milano.
Main themes: Sociological imagination; Social theory; Social world; Social interaction; Social structure; Power and politics; Markets, labour organisation; Social stratification, inequality and poverty.
PART II - REFLEXIVITY
The second part of the programme is dedicated to the concept of ‘reflexivity’, a crucial aspect of the sociological discipline, discussed through the text:
Bourdieu P. (2024), (ed. it. edited by Ienna G., Lombardo C., Sabetta L., Santoro M.), Sulla riflessività, Meltemi, Milano.
examMode
In accordance with the fact that this course represents the inaugural offering within the sociological disciplines, the examination is conducted orally for the purpose of more precise verification of the knowledge and skills that have been acquired.
books
Manza J., Arum R., Haney L. (2018), (ed. it. edited by Santoro M.), Progetto Sociologia, guida all'immaginazione sociologica, Pearson, Milano.
Bourdieu P. (2024), (ed. it. edited by Ienna G., Lombardo C., Sabetta L., Santoro M.), Sulla riflessività, Meltemi, Milano.
classRoomMode
It should be noted that attendance at the course is not obligatory.
bibliography
Bagnasco A., Barbagli M., Cavalli A. (2012), Corso di Sociologia, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Collins R. (2006), Teorie sociologiche, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Bourdieu P. (2015), Forme di capitale, Armando Editore, Roma.
16642 - INFORMATICS (PASS/FAIL EXAM)
SIMONE SPADINI
First Semester
4
Learning objectives
The course contributes to the attainment of the teaching goals of the CdS in the area of computer skills.
The course aims to provide: basic knowledge on the use of IT tools; IT skills for a responsible use of new disruptive technologies, such as machine learning and generative artificial intelligence.
Expected learning outcomes
Knowledge and Understanding:
Basic knowledge of computer systems and artificial intelligence
Basic knowledge of problem-solving and programming
Knowledge and understanding of how a computer works
Knowledge and understanding of how a machine learning system works
Ability to Apply Knowledge and Understanding:
Ability to analyze a simple computer problem
Demonstrate a general understanding of computer use
Demonstrate an understanding of the capabilities and limitations of a machine learning system
Judgment Skills:
Ability to evaluate the potential and risks of new AI-based technologies
Ability to responsibly use artificial intelligence tools
Learning Skills:
Ability to consult reference materials suggested by instructors
Ability to apply the acquired skills
Ability to use the online teaching platform
Ability to independently study materials and topics covered in online lessons
Notes on the history of information technology.
Computer architecture: types of computers, computer structure, positional notation systems and binary system
Input and output devices: the keyboard, other text input devices, pointing tools, other input devices, the screen, the printer.
Secondary memories: memory devices, memory categories, floppy, pendrive, hard disk and SSD, CD, DVD and Blu-ray.
The operating system: operating systems, functions, list of main operating systems, user interfaces
Application programs: main software categories, Office suites: Microsoft Office, Apache OpenOffice, LibreOffice, Microsoft Office: main software, licenses.
Word processing: formatting, inserting and editing objects (tables, images, shapes, smart art, charts, hyperlinks, comments), using formulas in tables, managing headers and footers, page setup, table of contents, mail merge, spelling and grammar correction, review options, printing.
Lists & spreadsheet: basic features: formula bar, sheets, cells, cell references (absolute and relative), filling with sequential values, data types (text, number, date, time), data representation (general, percentage, currency, accounting), formatting, cell merging, borders and background, format copy, styles, auto-sum, data sorting, filters, inserting and managing objects and charts, page layout, formulas and functions, loading external data , protection of sheets or workbooks, macros, pivot tables.
Multimedia presentations: create a presentation, add a slide, change the slide layout, format the text of a slide, insert drawing elements, insert and manage graphic objects.
examMode
multiple choice test
books
for further information
EDUCAZIONE CIVICA DIGITALE, edizioni manna
and Microsoft Office 365 o similari
the available slides are present on moodle
mode
face-to-face lessons
classRoomMode
the methods are established by the degree course department
bibliography
EDUCAZIONE CIVICA DIGITALE, edizioni manna
and Microsoft Office 365 o similari
16641 - KNOWLEDGE OF AT LEAST ONE FOREIGN LANGUAGE
MARIA CRISTINA FOGGETTI
Second Semester
2
Learning objectives
The course aims to develop knowledge of the aspects characterizing French culture and civilization. The proposed readings aim to stimulate students' interest and knowledge in relation to aspects of French life, history and culture from an intercultural perspective and with particular attention to issues of a political and international nature, human rights and issues of actuality. The proposed readings and the material provided are designed and graded according to the expected level of linguistic-communicative competence (A1-A2 of the CEFR).
A. OBJECTIVES
The course aims to provide students with the basic concepts and principles of political economy, considering also the major recent advances that have characterized the frontier areas of research in economics. In particular, the course intends to provide students with fundamental knowledge regarding how economic systems work, both at the micro- and macro level, by focusing on the behavior of the main economic actors, i.e. households, firms, public authorities, and the rest of the world.
B. EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
Acquire knowledge and tools, both theoretical and practical, allowing students to understand how economic systems work, the objectives, limits and tools of policy making. Such knowledge will be acquired through frontal lectures supported by appropriate reading materials, and participation to thematic seminars.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
Students will be able to apply the acquired knowledge and methodology to practical examples and facts in a way to assess the main concerns and opportunities of modern economic systems. Such skills will be developed mainly through case studies and active debate within the classroom.
3. MAKING JUDGEMENTS
The autonomy of judgment is built by means of the technical mastery of the tools, and of the understanding of how economic systems work, to explain the rationale behind the main economic relationships. Students will be able to interpret relevant data and stylized facts on the main economic indicators in order to assess and judge general issues in macro- and microeconomics. This will be built through lessons encouraging discussion and confrontation among students.
4. COMMUNICATION ABILITIES
Students will acquire the ability to present the issues of the course with adequate language and appropriate analytical skills (simple formulae, graphs, and explanation of causal links). Such ability will be reached through tutorials. Students will be able to communicate with peers and supervisors about their understanding of basic topics in economics.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
Students should be able to rework the main notions of economics independently and critically so that to undertake possible further studies with a high degree of autonomy.
C. SYLLABUS
Part 1 (general concepts)
- Introductory notions and tools
- Thinking like an economist
Part 2 (microeconomics): Markets and choices by economic agents
- The functioning of the market: demand, supply, the notion of elasticity, the concepts of consumers surplus, producer surplus and market efficiency.
- Consumers choices
- Firm’s behaviour and different types of market structures.
Part 3 (macroeconomics): The foundations of macroeconomic theory
- Neoclassical approach (overview)
- Money and inflation.
- Keynesian approach to economic fluctuations and unemployment (income-expenditure model, IS-LM model).
examMode
The final exam consists of a written examination and a (not-compulsory) oral test aimed to assess the acquired knowledge and the ability to solve practical exercises. Tutorials and exercises will be carried out throughout the course in order to get ready for the final exam.
About macroeconomics: Mankiw «Macroeconomia» Zanichelli, 7th Italian edition (2024).
mode
Frontal lectures and tutorials.
classRoomMode
Attendance to lectures is not mandatory but strongly recommended. Students unable to attend the lectures may get in touch with the teacher in order to have detailed information about the syllabus and the methodology.
bibliography
Further teaching material is provided by the instructor during the course and made available on Moodle website.
16294 - POLITICAL SCIENCE
ENRICO PADOANENRICO PADOAN
Second Semester
8
SPS/04
Learning objectives
The course aims to provide the key concepts of political science, starting from the problem of the definition of matter itself, both in its historical manifestations, and above all because of the theoretical elements that constitute it. In this sense, the main methodological institutes of political science will be analyzed, the themes and research prospects that are at the heart of contemporary politics will be deepened: from parties to pressure groups, from electoral systems to the problems of political representation to the functioning of parliaments; from the transformations of democracy to the new challenges brought to it by populist movements and parties, from totalitarianism to the interactions between economy and politics in the logic of globalization.
In this sense, the educational objectives that the course pursues are:
- knowledge and understanding in Political science key-items;
- applying knowledge and understanding in Political science key-items;
- making judgements and critical comprehension of the principal nowadays political phenomena;
- implementation of communication skills in political items:
- implementation of learning skills.
The course aims to introduce the discipline of Political Science, and more specifically Comparative Politics. After outlining the boundaries and characteristics of the discipline, and proposing some reflections on the object of study, the course develops a teaching proposal based on four integrated modules:
- Participation and Politics;
- Political movements and organizations (interest groups, social movements, parties and party systems);
- Contemporary Populisms;
- Institutions (parliaments and governments; public policies);
- Regimes (democracies; authoritarianisms; totalitarianisms; European Union).
Each lecture of the course will start from insights offered by recent or contemporary political reality (with particular references to the Italian system), by proposing an analysis through concepts and analytical tools proper to the discipline. It is therefore highly recommended, from time to time, the prior reading of the chapters of the adopted textbook relevant to each lesson, in order to already handle the analytical tools for an informed participation in the lesson by the students and students. The proposal of specific short texts (to supplement the adopted textbook) in preparation for specific lessons is also possible.
Main Textbooks
- G. Pasquino (2009), Nuovo corso di Scienza politica, Bologna: il Mulino
- (TBD. Topic: populisms)
examMode
The oral exam aims to verify the achievement of the training objectives, and in particular: the full understanding of the founding concepts of the discipline, of the main research questions and methodological challenges ("Knowledge and ability to understand the main issues related to Political Science"), as well as the applicability of the concepts and notions illustrated in the course to contemporary political reality ("Applied knowledge and ability to understand the main issues related to Political Science"; "Autonomy of judgement and critical understanding of the main contemporary political phenomena"). Questions requiring greater deduction/abstraction skills are envisaged, in order to test the development of learning and communication skills in political science issues, as well as, again and centrally, the ability to critically understand the discipline's founding concepts and main research directions.
books
Almagisti, M. & Graziano, P. (ed.) (2023). La democrazia. Concetti, attori, istituzioni. Carocci.
mode
There will be lectures with a high level of interaction with students, who will be given continuous examples in order to demonstrate the usefulness of the illustrated concepts for understanding contemporary political phenomena.
classRoomMode
Non-compulsory, lessons recorded.
bibliography
Almagisti, M. & Graziano, P. (ed.) (2023). La democrazia. Concetti, attori, istituzioni. Carocci.
The course aims to introduce the discipline of Political Science, and more specifically Comparative Politics. After outlining the boundaries and characteristics of the discipline, and proposing some reflections on the object of study, the course develops a teaching proposal based on four integrated modules:
- Participation and Politics;
- Political movements and organizations (interest groups, social movements, parties and party systems);
- Contemporary Populisms;
- Institutions (parliaments and governments; public policies);
- Regimes (democracies; authoritarianisms; totalitarianisms; European Union).
Each lecture of the course will start from insights offered by recent or contemporary political reality (with particular references to the Italian system), by proposing an analysis through concepts and analytical tools proper to the discipline. It is therefore highly recommended, from time to time, the prior reading of the chapters of the adopted textbook relevant to each lesson, in order to already handle the analytical tools for an informed participation in the lesson by the students and students. The proposal of specific short texts (to supplement the adopted textbook) in preparation for specific lessons is also possible.
examMode
The oral exam aims to verify the achievement of the training objectives, and in particular: the full understanding of the founding concepts of the discipline, of the main research questions and methodological challenges ("Knowledge and ability to understand the main issues related to Political Science"), as well as the applicability of the concepts and notions illustrated in the course to contemporary political reality ("Applied knowledge and ability to understand the main issues related to Political Science"; "Autonomy of judgement and critical understanding of the main contemporary political phenomena"). Questions requiring greater deduction/abstraction skills are envisaged, in order to test the development of learning and communication skills in political science issues, as well as, again and centrally, the ability to critically understand the discipline's founding concepts and main research directions.
books
Almagisti, M. & Graziano, P. (ed.) (2023). La democrazia. Concetti, attori, istituzioni. Carocci.
mode
There will be lectures with a high level of interaction with students, who will be given continuous examples in order to demonstrate the usefulness of the illustrated concepts for understanding contemporary political phenomena.
classRoomMode
Non compulsory,, lessons recorded.
bibliography
Almagisti, M. & Graziano, P. (ed.) (2023). La democrazia. Concetti, attori, istituzioni. Carocci.
16278 - LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - ENGLISH
ALESSANDRA OLGA GRAZIA SERRA
Second Semester
8
L-LIN/12
Learning objectives
The course is one of the basic courses common to the course in Editorial and sectoral Interpretation and Translation and aims to provide methodological and practical tools for interlinguistic comparison aimed at translation from and into English. The objectives of the course are: to consolidate and refine the ability to reflect on language from a contrastive Italian/English perspective and to develop a critical analysis capacity that allows identifying and resolving potential communication problems in the translation of texts between the two languages. The achievement of these objectives will allow the student to orient themselves autonomously in the field of sectoral translation, with particular reference to translation for tourism and for the promotion of cultural heritage.
The course aims to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of Italian private law, starting with the study of the law of persons and entities, and progressing to obligations and contracts, property, and possession. Through this study, students will be able to grasp the functioning and “ratio” of Italian civil law, enabling them to navigate legal transactions with awareness and understanding
The exam program covers the entire subject debated in the manuals of private law (including topics not addressed in class and in study groups), except for the parts concerning:
- the family law;
- the successions;
- the enterprise and the companies;
- the bank and stock exchange contracts;
- the credit instruments;
- the failure and insolvency procedures;
- the subordinate employment relationship;
- the trade union law.
examMode
The oral exam consists of four questions.
The first of these will cover a fundamental institution of private law. The student who does not respond sufficiently to the first question will be rejected and will not be able to continue the test.
As a result of the fourth question, the committee will make its assessment.
books
The student may choose to prepare the examination on one of the two texts below
indicated below:
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
The preparation of the exam must be complemented by the indispensable consultation - which must be continuous and systematic: during the lessons, in the rereading of the notes and in the months of studi preceding the exam - of a "Civil Code" (not commented with doctrine and jurisprudence) updated and accompanied by the main special laws.
We recommend the "Codice civile e leggi collegate" a cura di G. De Nova, Bologna, 2023.
classRoomMode
La frequenza alle lezioni è libera
bibliography
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
Private law in general; its sources and methods of study; particularly the origins and developments of the Civil Code.
Legal facts and acts in general. The meaning and contents of contractual autonomy. Proof and publicity.
The legal relationship; the various fundamental legal situations.
Natural persons: legal capacity, capacity to act, protection mechanisms for those incapable; the protection of personality.
Legal persons; types of legal persons; collective entities without legal personality.
Property and real rights. Property in the Constitution, in the Code, in special laws; real rights of enjoyment; co-ownership; protection of possession. Real estate publicity.
Obligatory relationships, patrimonial liability, guarantees.
Contracts in general, with particular attention to issues of formation, interpretation, and invalidity. Major named contracts in the Code and special laws.
Non-contractual sources of obligation; management of affairs, unjust enrichment, and undue enrichment. Basic concepts of negotiable instruments.
Liability for tort.
examMode
Assessment is conducted through a series of questions, starting with general ones and then moving on to examine more specific aspects.
books
Exam preparation can be done using any university-level private law textbook, but not by using summary or condensed works (e.g., the textbook *Torrente-Schlesinger, Manuale di Diritto Privato*, edited by Granelli, Milan, latest edition). Additionally, it is essential to diligently read an updated Civil Code for the same preparation.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not mandatory, but it is strongly recommended.
bibliography
(e.g., the textbook *Torrente-Schlesinger, Manuale di Diritto Privato*, edited by Granelli, Milan, latest edition
SUMMARY OF TOPICS
1) The management: strategic management; global competitiveness; the socio-economic and technological; resources and competitive advantage; strategies for entrepreneurship and innovation.
2) Technologies: new technologies and their impact on economic, social and environmental; applications of new technologies to the production processes; technology and organization of production: from Taylorism to Fordism to Toyotism; organizational models.
3) Technological innovation: the origins of technological innovation; sources of innovation; forms and models of innovation; technology cycles; strategic innovation.
4) The production processes: the production process; the types of production processes; productivity; logical push and pull; Just in Time; lean production; models of production management and human resources.
5) Quality: definition of quality; history of quality; from control to quality management; the principles of quality; quality certification; quality, environment, safety
Expected learning outcomes
1) Knowledge and understanding skills.
Understand the strategic success factors of a company (quality and innovation), the organization of an firm in terms of production processes and the technological innovation applied.
2) Ability to apply knowledge and understanding.
Learning elementary tools to judge the efficiency and effectiveness of a business system, its production processes, and quality-oriented strategies and technological innovation.
3) Autonomy of judgment.
Know how to identify Key Business Success Factors and know how to apply these factors in all firms, both product and service sectors.
4) Communication Skills.
Ability to communicate knowledge gained.
5) Learning Skills.
Ability to transfer knowledge gained through case study application.
The course provides the basis for successful management of the main management and technical profiles associated with new technologies, technological innovation and quality.
SUMMARY OF TOPICS
1) The management: strategic management; global competitiveness; the socio-economic and technological; resources and competitive advantage; strategies for entrepreneurship and innovation (prof. Silvestri 12 h).
2) Technologies: new technologies and their impact on economic, social and environmental; applications of new technologies to the production processes; technology and organization of production: from Taylorism to Fordism to Toyotism; organizational models (prof. Ruggieri 12h).
3) Technological innovation and quality: the origins of technological innovation; sources of innovation; forms and models of innovation; technology cycles; strategic innovation (prof. Silvestri 12h).
4) The production processes: the production process; the types of production processes; productivity; logical push and pull; Just in Time; lean production; models of production management and human resources (Prof. Ruggieri 12h).
examMode
The written test aims to assess knowledge of theoretical models and concepts related to innovation quality and technology explained in class.
The writing is based on three open questions, one for innovation, one for quality and one for the topic of technology. The time for the development of the test is 1h. Each question is assigned a maximum score of 10 points for a total of 30 points.
Attending students, on the other hand, will be evaluated based on the development of an individual project aimed at verifying, through the study of a practical case, the concepts present in the classroom, such as innovation, technology and quality. The Project assessment has a Maximum score of 28. The final grade is then supplemented with a question on the oral test designed to test the students' knowledge of the main topics presented in the classroom.
books
Chiacchierini, E. (2012) Tecnologia e produzione, Cedam
Slides of professors
mode
The course includes lectures, case studies and seminars
classRoomMode
Attendance to the course is optional
bibliography
Chiacchierini, E. (2012) Tecnologia e produzione, Cedam
Slides of professors
The course provides the basis for successful management of the main management and technical profiles associated with new technologies, technological innovation and quality.
SUMMARY OF TOPICS
1) The management: strategic management; global competitiveness; the socio-economic and technological; resources and competitive advantage; strategies for entrepreneurship and innovation (prof. Silvestri 12 h).
2) Technologies: new technologies and their impact on economic, social and environmental; applications of new technologies to the production processes; technology and organization of production: from Taylorism to Fordism to Toyotism; organizational models (prof. Ruggieri 12h).
3) Technological innovation and quality: the origins of technological innovation; sources of innovation; forms and models of innovation; technology cycles; strategic innovation (prof. Silvestri 12h).
4) The production processes: the production process; the types of production processes; productivity; logical push and pull; Just in Time; lean production; models of production management and human resources (Prof. Ruggieri 12h).
examMode
The written test aims to assess knowledge of theoretical models and concepts related to innovation quality and technology explained in class.
The writing is based on three open questions, one for innovation, one for quality and one for the topic of technology. The time for the development of the test is 1h. Each question is assigned a maximum score of 10 points for a total of 30 points.
Attending students, on the other hand, will be evaluated based on the development of an individual project aimed at verifying, through the study of a practical case, the concepts present in the classroom, such as innovation, technology and quality. The Project assessment has a Maximum score of 28. The final grade is then supplemented with a question on the oral test designed to test the students' knowledge of the main topics presented in the classroom.
books
Chiacchierini, E. (2012) Tecnologia e produzione, Cedam
Slides of professors
mode
The course includes lectures, case studies and seminars
classRoomMode
Attendance to the course is optional
bibliography
Chiacchierini, E. (2012) Tecnologia e produzione, Cedam
Slides of professors
The course provides the basis for successful management of the main management and technical profiles associated with new technologies, technological innovation and quality.
SUMMARY OF TOPICS
1) The management: strategic management; global competitiveness; the socio-economic and technological; resources and competitive advantage; strategies for entrepreneurship and innovation (prof. Silvestri 12 h).
2) Technologies: new technologies and their impact on economic, social and environmental; applications of new technologies to the production processes; technology and organization of production: from Taylorism to Fordism to Toyotism; organizational models (prof. Ruggieri 12h).
3) Technological innovation and quality: the origins of technological innovation; sources of innovation; forms and models of innovation; technology cycles; strategic innovation (prof. Silvestri 12h).
4) The production processes: the production process; the types of production processes; productivity; logical push and pull; Just in Time; lean production; models of production management and human resources (Prof. Ruggieri 12h).
examMode
The written test aims to assess knowledge of theoretical models and concepts related to innovation quality and technology explained in class.
The writing is based on three open questions, one for innovation, one for quality and one for the topic of technology. The time for the development of the test is 1h. Each question is assigned a maximum score of 10 points for a total of 30 points.
Attending students, on the other hand, will be evaluated based on the development of an individual project aimed at verifying, through the study of a practical case, the concepts present in the classroom, such as innovation, technology and quality. The Project assessment has a Maximum score of 28. The final grade is then supplemented with a question on the oral test designed to test the students' knowledge of the main topics presented in the classroom.
books
Chiacchierini (2003) Tecnologia e Produzione. Cedam
Slides of professors (moodle)
mode
The course includes lectures, case studies and seminars
classRoomMode
The course includes lectures, case studies and seminars
bibliography
Chiacchierini (2003) Tecnologia e Produzione. Cedam
Slides of professors (moodle)
The course provides the basis for successful management of the main management and technical profiles associated with new technologies, technological innovation and quality.
SUMMARY OF TOPICS
1) The management: strategic management; global competitiveness; the socio-economic and technological; resources and competitive advantage; strategies for entrepreneurship and innovation (prof. Silvestri 12 h).
2) Technologies: new technologies and their impact on economic, social and environmental; applications of new technologies to the production processes; technology and organization of production: from Taylorism to Fordism to Toyotism; organizational models (prof. Ruggieri 12h).
3) Technological innovation and quality: the origins of technological innovation; sources of innovation; forms and models of innovation; technology cycles; strategic innovation (prof. Silvestri 12h).
4) The production processes: the production process; the types of production processes; productivity; logical push and pull; Just in Time; lean production; models of production management and human resources (Prof. Ruggieri 12h).
examMode
The written test aims to assess knowledge of theoretical models and concepts related to innovation quality and technology explained in class.
The writing is based on three open questions, one for innovation, one for quality and one for the topic of technology. The time for the development of the test is 1h. Each question is assigned a maximum score of 10 points for a total of 30 points.
Attending students, on the other hand, will be evaluated based on the development of an individual project aimed at verifying, through the study of a practical case, the concepts present in the classroom, such as innovation, technology and quality. The Project assessment has a Maximum score of 28. The final grade is then supplemented with a question on the oral test designed to test the students' knowledge of the main topics presented in the classroom.
books
Chiacchierini (2003) Tecnologia e Produzione. Cedam
Slides of professors (moodle)
mode
The course includes lectures, case studies and seminars
classRoomMode
The course includes lectures, case studies and seminars
bibliography
Chiacchierini (2003) Tecnologia e Produzione. Cedam
Slides of professors (moodle)
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
ALESSANDRO BOCCOLINI
Second Semester
7
M-STO/02
Learning objectives
The main objective of the course is to provide the appropriate tools to analyze and study the nature and specificities of political-diplomatic, social and cultural relations between Central-Eastern Europe and Continental Europe during the Modern Age.
“Case Studies” to highlight the major historiographical problems related to Central-Eastern Europe will consist of the History, fascinating and tragic, of Poland (or rather, of the Polish-Lithuanian Confederation), in its strategic role as Antemurale Christianitatis and in its diplomatic relations with the major European courts (Paris, Vienna and Rome). The topics will be addressed and explored in the classroom with the help of texts, essays and unpublished or rare archive documents (travel reports, diplomatic documents, mercantile documents, manuscript and/or printed notices specifically linked to the geopolitical area of analysis) that will be presented and discussed collectively.
The attending student will be invited to actively participate in the course through the drafting of short written theses, power-point presentations and guided discussions on topics established and scheduled by the teacher during the first lessons of the course.
Course Title: From the Kievian Rus' to the Present War
The speech by Putin on February 23, 2022, which started the military operations in Ukraine, showed the need for historical knowledge of the dynamics and events that have affected, and still act, Eastern Europe. The continuous references of the Russian president to a historical "union" between Russia and Ukraine (with specific moments) to justify the invasion raises the urgency to critically retrace the facts and events that have seen the two countries as protagonists. They will be inserted in a broader context capable of embracing the rest of the Slavic countries in their reciprocal relations, as in those they had with Continental Europe.
The course, therefore, traces the fascinating, sometimes glorious and tragic history of this part of the continent to offer a critical picture of the events that have characterized its history and influenced its present. Kyivan Rus' passing through for the Polish-Lithuanian Confederation and its disappearance from geographical maps until the rise of Tsarist Russia will be the pivotal moments in which the history of the Slavic countries will be framed.
The course is designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the main events in the history of Central and Eastern Europe, with a focus on specific countries such as Poland, Lithuania, Ukraine, Belarus, and Russia. It also delves into the main historic-graphic interpretations these events have been subjected to. The course offers an analytical framework that covers Eastern Europe's significant political-constitutional, socio-cultural, and religious moments, placing the most representative events and figures within their chronological and geographical contexts.
examMode
At the end of the course, there will be an oral exam. A self-assessment and anonymous test is planned to test learning progress.
The student must demonstrate that he has understood the geopolitical dynamics that have affected Eastern Europe in the modern age through the case studies dealt with during the course. The test is passed if the student studies the proposed books and demonstrates critical thinking on the issues addressed during the course.
books
1. General Part:
Cenni Storico-geografici sull'Est d'Europa, Viterbo 2015 (collana "Quaderni del CESPoM/3) - Pdf scaricabile da Materiale Didattico
2. Monographic Part:
2.1. G. Cella, Storia e geopolitica della crisi ucraina. Dalla Rus' di Kiev ad oggi, Roma 2021. (Chapter 1-7)
2.2. G. Platania, Rzeczpospolita, Europa e Santa Sede tra intese e ostilità, Viterbo 2017.
2.3. A. Boccolini, Un lucchese al servizio della Santa Sede. Francesco Buonvisi nunzio a Colonia, Varsavia e Vienna, Viterbo 2018.
3. n. 3 articles to choose from and download in "Materiali didattici".
For Erasmus students who wish to follow the course:
1. Can take the Italian exam with the Italian program.
2. Opt for an English program (with an exam in Italian or English).
The teacher will provide the texts:
a) The Polish-Lithuanian Monarchy in European Context, c.1500–1795, Edited by Richard Butterwick, Palgrave 2001.
b) Wojciech Tygielski, Italians in early modern Poland: The lost opportunity for modernization ?, Lang Ed. Frankfurt am Main 2015.
Or other choice texts agreed with the Professor.
mode
Structure and contents of the main course:
The course will be articulated through lectures divided into:
a) The general part is dedicated to the history of Central and Eastern Europe and Poland.
b) monographic course;
c) readings and comments on unpublished and rare archival documents;
d) guided visits to documentary conservation bodies.
The main IT and communication tools will be used in the specific competence areas, ensuring that you are well-prepared and equipped for the course.
The attending student will be called to active participation through the writing of small written essays and the presentation in PowerPoint of topics established and scheduled by the teacher during the first lessons of the course.
During the course, seminars will be held in Italian and English with the participation of Central European scholars.
The teaching methods will include frontal lessons and discussion forums on arguments assigned by the teacher.
During the lessons, the traditional teaching method will be accompanied by audio-visual and web tools
Seminars are planned with Italian and foreign scholars, with lessons also in English.
An anonymous test will complete each module, providing a secure and fair evaluation of the class's level of understanding of the topics.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not mandatory.
Non-attending students can prepare for the exam based on the program and reference texts, or write an email to the teacher to agree on an individual teaching strategy.
bibliography
A fundamental bibliography will be provided by the Professor during the course.
ECONOMICS FOR PUBLIC SECTOR ENTERPRISES AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
ALESSANDRA STEFANONI
Second Semester
7
SECS-P/07
Learning objectives
The course aims to illustrate to the student the general characteristics of the “universal” company and the public administration. It is proposed, in particular, to identify the organizational and management logics of public administration, analyzing the main change processes that have involved the whole public administration in recent years.
Dublin Descriptors:
a) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: knowledge and understanding of the concept of "universal" company and public company.
b) APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: ability to apply the knowledge acquired and to understand and solve problems relating to the management and accounting and budget information system of companies and public administrations (with particular reference to local authorities).
c) MAKING JUDGEMENTS: ability to use the acquired knowledge on a conceptual and operational level with autonomous assessment skills and skills in the various application contexts.
d) COMMUNICATION SKILLS: acquire clear and effective communication skills, thanks to technical language typical of the discipline
e) LEARNING SKILLS: acquire adequate learning skills that allow you to independently address and deepen the main issues of the discipline. This ability will be developed through the active involvement of students through discussions in the classroom and exercises on specific topics related to the course.
The main topics are:
- The company: the reference framework, the characteristics of the universal company, the relationship between the company and the environment.
- Business management: conceptual definition and classifications, exchange relationships, economic and financial aspect of management, economic result and break even point.
- New Public Management
- Public Administrations: definition and conceptual framework, characteristic features of the PA, typical economic functions.
- The planning of public administrations: budgets, budget functions.
examMode
The level of knowledge acquired on the topics covered in the course, the candidate's ability to apply the basic logical and technical tools to investigate the structure and functioning of administrations and public companies from an business administration perspective as well as the effectiveness and clarity in the display.
books
For attending students, the exam program includes: slides and teaching material available on the moodle platform.
For non-attending students the following textbooks are recommended:
- Catturi G., Principi di Economia Aziendale, 2019, Cedam.
- Mussari R., Economia delle Amministrazioni Pubbliche, 2017, McGraw-Hill, Milano.
- Testo Unico degli Enti locali, ultima versione.
- Curriculum «Investigazioni e Sicurezza» (SPRI) (7 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3.
- Curriculum «Scienze Politiche» (SPRI) (8 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3-4 (fino al paragrafo 4.2.3 incluso).
mode
Lectures, exercises and seminars.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not compulsory but strongly encouraged.
bibliography
N. ANGIOLA, P. BIANCHI, G. MONGELLI, Migliorare la performance delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Aracne, Roma, 2016.
M. PAOLONI, F.G. GRANDIS, La dimensione aziendale delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Giappichelli, Torino, 2007.
C. POLLIT, G. BOUCKAERT, Public Management Reform: A Comparative Analysis, Oxford University press, USA; 2 edition, 2004
The main topics are:
- The company: the reference framework, the characteristics of the universal company, the relationship between the company and the environment.
- Business management: conceptual definition and classifications, exchange relationships, economic and financial aspect of management, economic result and break even point.
- New Public Management
- Public Administrations: definition and conceptual framework, characteristic features of the PA, typical economic functions.
- The planning of public administrations: budgets, budget functions.
examMode
The level of knowledge acquired on the topics covered in the course, the candidate's ability to apply the basic logical and technical tools to investigate the structure and functioning of administrations and public companies from an business administration perspective as well as the effectiveness and clarity in the display.
books
For attending students, the exam program includes: slides and teaching material available on the moodle platform.
For non-attending students the following textbooks are recommended:
- Catturi G., Principi di Economia Aziendale, 2019, Cedam.
- Mussari R., Economia delle Amministrazioni Pubbliche, 2017, McGraw-Hill, Milano.
- Testo Unico degli Enti locali, ultima versione.
- Curriculum «Investigazioni e Sicurezza» (SPRI) (7 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3.
- Curriculum «Scienze Politiche» (SPRI) (8 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3-4 (fino al paragrafo 4.2.3 incluso).
mode
Lectures, exercises and seminars.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not compulsory but strongly encouraged.
bibliography
N. ANGIOLA, P. BIANCHI, G. MONGELLI, Migliorare la performance delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Aracne, Roma, 2016.
M. PAOLONI, F.G. GRANDIS, La dimensione aziendale delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Giappichelli, Torino, 2007.
C. POLLIT, G. BOUCKAERT, Public Management Reform: A Comparative Analysis, Oxford University press, USA; 2 edition, 2004
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - SPANISH
MARIA DE JULIAN GARCIA
Second Semester
8
L-LIN/07
Learning objectives
This course has as a main objective acquiring an elementary level of Spanish language (A2 according to the CEFR) as well as a basic ability of translating from Italian language to Spanish and viceversa.
Together with this, students will be instructed not only about Spanish language and translation, but also they will be taught. about Spanish culture and lifestyle.
Lesson 1 - Course presentation and basic vocabulary.
Lesson 2 - Basic vocabulary II
Lesson 3 - Verbs introduction. "Presente de Indicativo"
Lesson 4 - Adjectives, nouns, pronouns and "acentuación".
Lesson 5 - Numbers - ordinal and cardinal ones. Common verbs and Vocabulary.
Lesson 6 - "Acentuación II" + Some irregularities in the present.
Lesson 7 - Introduction to translation and vocabulary: the house, the city, the family.
Lesson 8 - Verbs. Pretérito perfecto & Indefinido.
Lesson 9 - Physical descriptions, adverbs of frequency and "sobremesa" - the family.
Lesson 10 - Pretérito imperfecto + adjectives + possessive pronouns and demonstratives.
Lesson 11 - Prepositions + sobremesa - hobbies.
Lesson 12 - Futuro perfecto & conditional.
Lesson 13 - Legal language and translation.
Lesson 14 - Debate (introduction) and mock exam.
Lesson 15 - Debate.
Lesson 16 - Last review + Verbs + sobremesa.
Original:
Lezione 1 - Presentación, vocabulario básico
Lezione 2 - Vocabulario básico
Lezione 3 - Presente de Indicativo
Lezione 4 - Adjetivos, sustantivos, pronombres reflexivos y acentuación.
Lezione 5 - Números (+199), números ordinales, verbos de uso común & vocabulario
Lezione 6 - Acentuación (II) + Irregularidades del presente de indicativo
Lezione 7.- Introducción a la traducción y vocabulario: la casa, la ciudad y la familia.
Lezione 8 - Verbos. Pretérito perfecto & Pretérito indefinido.
Lezione 9 - Descripciones físicas, adverbios de frecuencia y sobremesa - familia.
Lezione 10 - Pretérito imperfecto+ adjectivo, pronombres posesivos y demostrativos.
Lezione 11.- Preposiciones (Lugar y tiempo) & sobremesa - aficiones.
Lezione 12.- Futuro perfecto y condicional simple.
Lezione 13.- Lenguaje jurídico y traducción.
Lezione 14 .- Debate y simulación de examen
Lezione 15.- Debate
Lezione 16.- último repaso - verbos & sobremesa
examMode
There will be three parts:
1) Written exam in which the students should show the understanding of a written. Moreover, this written part will have 5 questions in which the student should show a good understanding of Spanish language (A2 according to the CEFR) together with a good writing ability.
2) Translation: The student will be asked to translate a text (Ita-Spa or Spa-Ita) making use of all the methodologies learnt during the course.
3) Speaking part: Students are going to be asked a group of questions so that they show they are able not only of understanding Spanish language, but also use it as a tool for communicating with others.
books
All material will be found in Moodle platform.
mode
Mix-methodology with recorded lessons.
classRoomMode
Highly recommended, but not mandatory.
bibliography
All material will be found in Moodle platform.
LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - FRENCH
LINDA LA MANNA
Second Semester
8
L-LIN/04
Learning objectives
Academic year 2023-2024
Elementary level course from pre A1 to A2+ of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR) whose objective is the integrated and significant development of the different linguistic skills (oral and written comprehension, oral and written expression), in a communicative approach. Emphasis is placed on the teaching of lexical and grammatical contents, always trying to respond to the student's communicative and academic needs. Given the communicative orientation, the contents presented and the working methodology are based on the carrying out of usage activities, accompanied by the necessary processes of reflection on the language which facilitate the internalization and mastery of its different structures and units. Additionally, students will study elements of French culture.
The student must be able to:
- use the French language to interact with adequate communicative competence in daily and professional contexts, and have the ability to understand and reformulate texts written and oral reports appropriate to the required linguistic level;
- use the French language to produce simple texts relating to specific topics family or personal interest;
- analyze a text by understanding its main characteristics from the point of view of form and of the content.
First 8 units of the book: "Pas à Pas Version Légère" - Marie-Noelle Cocton, Luca Giachino, Carla Baracco.
Grammar:
les nombres; la formation du pluriel; les pronoms personnels sujets; les verbes être et avoir; la formation du féminin; les adjectifs possessifs; les trois formes de la phrase interrogative; Qu'est-ce que c'est?/ Qui est-ce?; C'est/ Il est; La phrase négative; les verbes aller et venir; il y a; les articles contractés; les verbes du II groupe; les pronoms personnels toniques; les verbes faire et lire; les verbes pronominaux; les pronoms personnels COD; les adjectifs démonstratifs; le pronom indéfini on; les adjectifs interrogatifs; les prépositions avec les noms géographiques; les verbes prendre et sortir; l'impératif; les articles partitifs; très et beaucoup (de)?; le pronom en; il faut; les verbes devoir, pouvoir, savoir, vouloir; les gallicismes; les pronoms personnels COI; le pronom y; la position des pronoms compléments; les nombres ordinaux; les verbes écrire et voir; la comparaison; le passé composé; les verbes en -cer et ger; les verbes en -yer; les verbes ouvrir et accueillir; l'imparfait, les pronoms relatifs qui et que, la question inversée, les adverbes de manière en -ment, les verbes boire et recevoir.
Communication:
Présenter et se présenter; demander et dire la date; les formules de politesse; demander des informations personnelles; décrire l'aspect physique et le caractère; demander et dire l'heure; parler de la famille, des goûts et des préférences; parler de la routine quotidienne; demander et dire le prix; faire des achats; inviter et répondre à une invitation; écrire un message amicale; parler au téléphone; demander et indiquer le chemin, demander des renseignements en ville; réserver une chambre d'hotel, acheter un billet, au restaurant: réserver, commander et commenter.
examMode
The exam includes a written test and an oral test on the same day. The written test (60 minutes) will take place in the morning and the oral exam in the afternoon.
books
"Pas à Pas Version légère", Marie- Noelle Cocton, Luca Giachino, Carla Baracco, Didier FLE, Zanichelli
mode
The lessons are available on moodle.
17914 - HISTORY OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
SANTE CRUCIANISANTE CRUCIANI
Second Semester
10
SPS/06
Learning objectives
17914. Teaching Title.
History of International Relations
Learning Objectives
Knowledge and ability to understand international dynamics from the end of the Great War to the present. Demonstrated critical approach and ability to sustain arguments on the major themes and turns in the history of international relations. Ability to gather and interpret information through print, audiovisual and online sources in order to strengthen personal reflection on the evolution of the international system. Ability to communicate paths of reconstruction and interpretation of the history of international relations to specialist and non-specialist interlocutors. Develop skills necessary to undertake further studies with a high degree of autonomy.
Starting from an introductory part on the origin, method and definitions of the discipline, the course traces the history of international relations from the end of the Great War to today. There are also two optional in-depth courses on the Presidents of the Republic and Italy's international role, from the Peace Treaty to the Maastricht Treaty (1947-1992), and David Maria Sassoli's Presidency of the European Parliament (2019-2022).
Introductory part
1. The history of international relations: origin, method and definitions 2. From diplomatic history to the history of international relations. 3. The history of international relations in the contemporary age.
General part. Topics, hairpin bends and interpretative categories :
1919 - 1929. The creation of a new international system in the aftermath of the First World War.
1929 - 1939. The failure of an international order: towards a new European war.
1939 - 1945. World War II: from European conflict to global confrontation.
1945 - 1956. The origins of the cold war and the birth of two opposing systems.
1945 - 1960. The emergence of a new world: independence, liberation movements, non-alignment.
1957 - 1969. The short season of a bipolar world: from the age of crisis to the premises of the "great relaxation".
1968 - 1980. The fracture of the 1970s: crisis in the West and awareness of the South of the world.
1979 - 1991. From the new cold war to the end of the East - West clash.
1992 - 2001. The illusion of a new international order.
2001 - 2019. From a multipolar world to a new international disorder?
Monographic part
It is possible to choose between the following in-depth courses:
Path A.
The Presidents of the Republic and Italy's International Role. From the Peace Treaty to the Maastricht Treaty (1947-1992)
Studies have highlighted the influence of the Presidents of the Republic on Italy's international policy. Interweaving the political-institutional history and international relations, on the basis of unpublished documentation from the Historical Archive of the Presidency of the Republic, the international dynamics of the post-World War II period, Italian foreign policy and the work of Presidents De Nicola, Einaudi, Gronchi, Segni, Saragat, Leone, Pertini and Cossiga are presented. In the coexistence of factors of continuity and openness, the high and uncertain moments of Italian foreign policy emerge in its the development of transatlantic relations, European integration, the East-West dialogue, the Mediterranean projection towards Africa and the Middle East. Particular attention is paid to the geopolitical revolution of 1989, between the end of the Cold War and the signing of the Maastricht Treaty. The institutional image of Presidents, trips abroad and visits to Italy by foreign Heads of State are also taken into consideration.
Path B.
David Sassoli, Wisdom and Boldness. Speeches for Italy and Europe, Preface by Sergio Mattarella, edited by Claudio Sardo, Feltrinelli, 2023
David Maria Sassoli (1956-2002) was elected President of the European Parliament from 2019 until the day of his death. After a long career in journalism that led him to anchor and deputy anchor of TG1 in 2009, he became an MEP for the Democratic Party. After his first term in office, in 2014, the assembly elected him Vice-President. Through the most significant speeches delivered during his presidency, we delve into the history of European integration, the themes of the Green Deal, digital transition, and a stronger and more democratic Europe in the international dynamics of today's world.
examMode
1. An intermediate verification is foreseen, which does not contribute to the final evaluation.
2. Learning is verified by an oral final examination.
3. The oral examination covers the general part and the monographic part of the course.
4. A thorough knowledge of both parts of the course is required to pass the examination.
5. Attending students may participate in laboratory activities that will supplement the final grade.
6. The timetable of the examinations is announced on the University portal.
books
Introductory part
E. Di Nolfo, Prima lezione di storia delle relazioni internazionali,
Laterza, Roma Bari, 2014 (2’ edizione), ISBN 9788842080831, pp. 156.
General part
A.Varsori, Storia internazionale. Dal 1919 a oggi,
il Mulino, Milano, 2020 (2’ edizione), ISBN 978881524853, pp. 509.
Monographic part
Path of study A
S.Cruciani, M. Ridolfi, A. Varsori (a cura di), I Presidenti della Repubblica e il ruolo internazionale dell'Italia. Dal Trattato di Pace al Trattato di Maastricht (1947-1992),
FrancoAngeli, Milano, 2022; ISBN 978-88-351-2120-6, pp. 243.
Path of study B
David Sassoli, La saggezza e l'audacia. Discorsi per l'Italia e per l'Europa, Prefazione di Sergio Mattarella, a cura di C. Sardo, Feltrinelli, Milano, 2023, ISBN 978-88-07-49348-5.
mode
1.Frontal lessons
2.Workshops with printed, audiovisual and online sources
3. Interdisciplinary seminars with scholars and external experts
Starting from an introductory part on the origin, method and definitions of the discipline, the course traces the history of international relations from the end of the Great War to today. There are also two optional in-depth courses on the Presidents of the Republic and Italy's international role, from the Peace Treaty to the Maastricht Treaty (1947-1992), and David Maria Sassoli's Presidency of the European Parliament (2019-2022).
Introductory part
1. The history of international relations: origin, method and definitions 2. From diplomatic history to the history of international relations. 3. The history of international relations in the contemporary age.
General part. Topics, hairpin bends and interpretative categories :
1919 - 1929. The creation of a new international system in the aftermath of the First World War.
1929 - 1939. The failure of an international order: towards a new European war.
1939 - 1945. World War II: from European conflict to global confrontation.
1945 - 1956. The origins of the cold war and the birth of two opposing systems.
1945 - 1960. The emergence of a new world: independence, liberation movements, non-alignment.
1957 - 1969. The short season of a bipolar world: from the age of crisis to the premises of the "great relaxation".
1968 - 1980. The fracture of the 1970s: crisis in the West and awareness of the South of the world.
1979 - 1991. From the new cold war to the end of the East - West clash.
1992 - 2001. The illusion of a new international order.
2001 - 2019. From a multipolar world to a new international disorder?
Monographic part
It is possible to choose between the following in-depth courses:
Path A.
The Presidents of the Republic and Italy's International Role. From the Peace Treaty to the Maastricht Treaty (1947-1992)
Studies have highlighted the influence of the Presidents of the Republic on Italy's international policy. Interweaving the political-institutional history and international relations, on the basis of unpublished documentation from the Historical Archive of the Presidency of the Republic, the international dynamics of the post-World War II period, Italian foreign policy and the work of Presidents De Nicola, Einaudi, Gronchi, Segni, Saragat, Leone, Pertini and Cossiga are presented. In the coexistence of factors of continuity and openness, the high and uncertain moments of Italian foreign policy emerge in its the development of transatlantic relations, European integration, the East-West dialogue, the Mediterranean projection towards Africa and the Middle East. Particular attention is paid to the geopolitical revolution of 1989, between the end of the Cold War and the signing of the Maastricht Treaty. The institutional image of Presidents, trips abroad and visits to Italy by foreign Heads of State are also taken into consideration.
Path B.
David Sassoli, Wisdom and Boldness. Speeches for Italy and Europe, Preface by Sergio Mattarella, edited by Claudio Sardo, Feltrinelli, 2023
David Maria Sassoli (1956-2002) was elected President of the European Parliament from 2019 until the day of his death. After a long career in journalism that led him to anchor and deputy anchor of TG1 in 2009, he became an MEP for the Democratic Party. After his first term in office, in 2014, the assembly elected him Vice-President. Through the most significant speeches delivered during his presidency, we delve into the history of European integration, the themes of the Green Deal, digital transition, and a stronger and more democratic Europe in the international dynamics of today's world.
examMode
1. An intermediate verification is foreseen, which does not contribute to the final evaluation.
2. Learning is verified by an oral final examination.
3. The oral examination covers the general part and the monographic part of the course.
4. A thorough knowledge of both parts of the course is required to pass the examination.
5. Attending students may participate in laboratory activities that will supplement the final grade.
6. The timetable of the examinations is announced on the University portal.
books
Introductory part
E. Di Nolfo, Prima lezione di storia delle relazioni internazionali,
Laterza, Roma Bari, 2014 (2’ edizione), ISBN 9788842080831, pp. 156.
General part
A.Varsori, Storia internazionale. Dal 1919 a oggi,
il Mulino, Milano, 2020 (2’ edizione), ISBN 978881524853, pp. 509.
Monographic part
Path of study A
S.Cruciani, M. Ridolfi, A. Varsori (a cura di), I Presidenti della Repubblica e il ruolo internazionale dell'Italia. Dal Trattato di Pace al Trattato di Maastricht (1947-1992),
FrancoAngeli, Milano, 2022; ISBN 978-88-351-2120-6, pp. 243.
Path of study B
David Sassoli, La saggezza e l'audacia. Discorsi per l'Italia e per l'Europa, Prefazione di Sergio Mattarella, a cura di C. Sardo, Feltrinelli, Milano, 2023, ISBN 978-88-07-49348-5.
mode
1.Frontal lessons
2.Workshops with printed, audiovisual and online sources
3. Interdisciplinary seminars with scholars and external experts
classRoomMode
Not mandatory
18308 - CRIMINAL LAW AND PROCEDURE
ANTONELLO MADEO
Second Semester
8
IUS/17
Learning objectives
CRIMINAL LAW AND PROCEDURE - MADEO ANTONELLO
The course is aimed at fostering the acquisition of the ‘institutions’ - i.e. the basic notions - of substantive and procedural criminal law, for the purpose of a high professional qualification, oriented towards consulting in investigative, public and private matters.
The course - during which the constitutional principles on which the criminal legal system is based and its main structural and functional profiles, as well as the interactions and reciprocal relationships between substantive and procedural law will be examined in depth - is divided into a series of lectures,
in which the various substantive and procedural institutions will be analysed, with constant reference to practical and case law cases, with the aid of judicial acts and measures.
The course aims to provide students with an understanding of the general principles of the criminal justice system and of procedural dynamics, as well as to develop their ability to examine and critically analyse the reference legislation in depth, also by means of a ‘didactic outing’ (at a court or penal institution).
The main knowledge that students will be able to acquire will be:
- knowledge of the fundamentals of substantive criminal law and Italian criminal procedural law;
- knowledge of the function and characteristics of the criminal trial system;
- knowledge of the regulations governing the conduct of criminal proceedings.
The main skills for applying the acquired knowledge will be:
- ability to understand normative and jurisprudential texts;
- critical capacity and evaluative autonomy in analysing controversial exegetical issues;
- ability to present the acquired knowledge, using appropriate technical language.
- The sources of substantive criminal law.
- The key principles of modern criminal law.
- Characteristics and functions of criminal law.
- The guarantee function of criminal law.
- The crime and its "protagonists".
- The structure of the crime
- Typical nature.
- The causes of exclusion of anti-legality.
- Guilt.
- The subjective element of the crime: intent, negligence and pretertention.
- The attempted crime.
- The impossible crime, the aberrant crime, the crime of omission.
- The circumstances of the crime.
- Recidivism.
- Contribution to crimes.
- The crime continued.
- The complicity of people in the crime.
- The CD. anomalous competition.
- Punishments in the strict sense.
- Security measures.
CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW
- The system of sources of criminal procedural law.
- The criminal process and its characteristics.
- The subjects and parties in the proceedings.
- The acts.
- The tests.
- The means of proof.
- The means of searching for evidence.
- Precautionary measures.
- Preliminary investigations.
- The activities of the judicial police in preliminary investigations. Nods.
- The activities of the Public Prosecutor in the preliminary investigation proceedings.
- Judicial intervention during preliminary investigations.
- The defense investigations.
- The closure of the preliminary investigations.
- The preliminary hearing.
- Special proceedings.
- Judgment (also before the Court in monocratic composition).
- The appeals.
- Notes on execution.
examMode
Oral exam.
An intermediate evaluation is foreseen for those attending.
books
Preparation for the criminal law and procedure exam cannot ignore the knowledge of the institutes referred to in the program indicated above, the treatment of which is widely covered in the most common manuals.
Without prejudice to the opportunity to access the teaching material provided by the teacher during the lessons, for the sole purpose of facilitating the student, among the available texts we highlight:
Ø For Criminal Procedural Law: Practical Operational Guide to Investigations, IV edition, A. Madeo - V. Cianchella, Wolters Kluwer 2023;
Ø for Criminal Law:
1. A.A.V.V., F. Consulich, G. Mannozzi, C.E. Paliero, C. Perini, C. Piergallini, C. Sotis, M. Scoletta, Manual of Criminal Law, 1st ed., Giappichelli, 2024, currently being published, with the exception of:
Part I;
Part IV;
A. MADEO, La selezione dei fatti rilevanti nel processo penale dopo la riforma Cartabia, Wolters Kluwer, CEDAM 2024, with the exception of::
• Capitolo 1
• Capitolo 3, Sezione I e III.
n.b.: regardless of the text chosen, the student will have to equip themselves with the most updated versions of the penal code and criminal procedural law, also in light of the continuous regulatory changes on the subject.
classRoomMode
attendance is required for at least 80% of the course; Active and interactive participation of students is required.
bibliography
- For Criminal Procedural Law, Practical Operational Guide to Investigations, IV edition, A. Madeo - V. Cianchella, Wolters Kluwer 2023;
- for Criminal Law, A.A.V.V., F. Consulich, G. Mannozzi, C.E. Paliero, C. Perini, C. Piergallini, C. Sotis, M. Scoletta, Manual of Criminal Law, 1st ed., Giappichelli, 2024, currently being published, with the exception of:
The object of the course is the achievement, by the student, of a basic but sufficient knowledge concerning the set of instruments at disposal for goimg on the economic activity, having attention for the principal rules related to the various markets where this is possible.
1. knowledge and comprehension: The object is to let the student have a knowledge and comprehension sufficient for the use of the general system of the commercial law.
2. knowledge and applied comprehension: the desire is that the student, at the end of the course, manages the fundamental institutes, also with cases relting with the practice.
3. judgement autonomy: at the end of the course, the student will move free and without prejudice for the solution of the advanced questions.
4. Fluent speech: the object is the student will able to manage the general notions and concepts achieved.
5.achiving capacity: at the end of the couse, the student will be able to increase his achiving capacity regarding the rules of law.
An historical perspective.
The notion of enterprise.
The available forms: partnerships and corporations.
The various types of companies and their disciplines.
The enterprise and accounting.
Unfair competition and antitrust.
The financial market.
The extraordinary operations.
examMode
The chosen method of assessment consists of an oral exam.
In the oral examination, the candidate will be required to answer no less than three questions, diversified and non-monothematic, aimed at testing knowledge and understanding of the topics covered in the course syllabus.
The exam marks are expressed in thirtieths; minimum mark to pass the exam is 18; the highest mark is represented by 30 cum laude.
books
Every text of academic level concerning the course.
mode
Traditional lessons, with attention also for practical cases.
An historical perspective.
The notion of enterprise.
The available forms: partnerships and corporations.
The various types of companies and their disciplines.
The enterprise and accounting.
Unfair competition and antitrust.
The financial market.
The extraordinary operations.
examMode
The chosen method of assessment consists of an oral exam.
In the oral examination, the candidate will be required to answer no less than three questions, diversified and non-monothematic, aimed at testing knowledge and understanding of the topics covered in the course syllabus.
The exam marks are expressed in thirtieths; minimum mark to pass the exam is 18; the highest mark is represented by 30 cum laude.
books
Every text of academic level concerning the course.
mode
Traditional lessons, with attention also for practical cases.
classRoomMode
Optional attendance.
bibliography
Look at sub TESTI.
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
JUDICIAL POLICY TECHNIQUES AND ACTIVITIES
MONIA MORELLI
Second Semester
4
IUS/16
Learning objectives
The goal of teaching is to transmit basic theoretical knowledge and practical skills in criminal police officers’ activity and in crime fighting techniques. The further goal is a deep understanding of the operational methodology and the know-how on the organization and management of modern detection and security strategies.
Lessons will be held also online and distance learning (Moodle) too. Links will be available a day before. Listening is a plus.
Topics to study:
Chapter I - The fantastic world of investigations
Chapter II - Life of detection
Chapter III - Judicial Police, pages 54 - 154
Chapter IV - pages 175 - 260
Chapter V - The entire chapter with particular regard to:
- the examination of the '' crime scene '':
- CED - SDI database
- About seizures, only the Evidential one.
examMode
Oral examination on topics about criminal police officers’ activity and crime fighting techniques.
The exam grade will be awarded on the basis of:
- the level of knowledge of the contents;
- the ability to apply theoretical concepts;
- the capacity for analysis, synthesis and interdisciplinary connections;
- the ability to criticize and formulate judgments;
- of the mastery of expression.
books
The textbook adopted is: "Operational practical guide to investigations", CEDAM 2023, IV edition, authors V. Cianchella A. Madeo.
Attending lessons is not mandatory but strongly recommended.
FORENSIC BALLISTICS
MARTINO FARNETI
Second Semester
4
IUS/16
Learning objectives
Educational objectives:
Students who choose the curriculum focused on the themes of investigation and security, aimed at the study of legal, technical - investigative - scientific and forensic sciences, as well as analysis of the crime scene, will be able to acquire the factual and procedural knowledge fundamental to operate in the fields technical - professional regarding the methods to support the Judicial Police and the Judicial Authorities in the prevention and repression of crimes.
Expected learning outcomes:
The purpose of the study of the subject of forensic ballistics is to provide the student with that knowledge and understanding of investigative activities through the analysis of concrete cases and then establish which tools to suggest to the prosecution, in the figure of the Public Prosecutor or to the defense in the figure of the lawyer who defends the accused, an activity that will then materialize in the hearing, providing the "certified evidence" fundamental data for the judge to be able to issue a just sentence. The ability therefore to understand, with a practical but reasoned cut, in an area of different possibilities for solving the problem.
Law no. 397 of 2000 on defensive investigations recognizes the right of the parties to "defend themselves by trying", thus benefiting from the work of "technical consultants"; what until then was reserved for the Public Prosecutor is now also devolved to the private sector and therefore to the "Defense".
The course of study initially sees the acquisition of knowledge of the ballistic elements, weapons, ammunition, cartridge cases, bullets that can be found at the crime scene. The dynamics of internal, external and terminal ballistics will then be examined in order to better understand what can be found in the crime scene. Everything must then be evaluation material to establish the best path to reach the "certified scientific evidence" to be presented to the Judge as part of the trial.
In the final part of the course the student will have the opportunity to carry out one or more practical activities in the technical-scientific-investigative field which will result in the drafting of a technical report to be presented, if necessary, at the time of the exam.
Program:
The study program includes the examination of the following topics:
the presentation of the matter of "forensic ballista" and the importance of the latter in the criminal trial under Law 397 of 2000;
hints of general ballistics in order to know the weapons, ammunition, cartridge cases, bullets, explosive devices and pointed and edged weapons and the results they produce and which can be found at the crime scene;
the residues of the shot, sampling techniques, pollution and evaluation of the analyzes carried out by the scanning electron microscope (SEM-EDX);
what is meant by "certified scientific evidence" in the field of forensic ballistics analysis and reconstruction of the crime scene;
the technical advice and expertise requested by the Public Prosecutor and the Judge respectively, legal and technical aspects;
the reconstruction of the crime scene using the new 3D system and aerial shots taken with the drone;
the testimony under discussion in the context of defensive investigations; the figure of the Technical Consultant and the Expert, tasks and responsibilities.
the new technical - investigative equipment and its use in a modern laboratory of forensic ballistics and crime scene analysis.
examMode
Profit evaluation:
Exam with oral interview on the program carried out and reasoning on the real cases examined.
Ongoing test:
Questions to students in the middle of the course.
books
Recommended texts:
Forensic ballistics - crime scene analysis and reconstruction - is a new subject that arouses much interest, today more than ever, in compliance with Law no. 397 of 2000 on defensive investigations.
The bibliography on this specific subject is very lacking and above all non-specific, consequently for a good preparation in order to take the exam it is suggested to stick to the textbook "Balistica Forense" Martino Farneti and Valerio Orlandi Edizioni EGAF
ISBN 978-88-352-1290-4 www. egaf.it
Shooting training and safety rules in the handling of weapons - Notes by Sandro Bruni. (available digitized copy provided by the teacher)
For the purpose of further in-depth analysis, which is continuously updated, it is suggested to access the balisticaforense.com site in the "courses" "teaching material" section where, after registering as a student of the University of Tuscia, with your own password, you can access the bibliographic and technical material science contained therein.
mode
In a classroom of the University, indicated by the Didactic Direction,(Classroom n. 3) in the headquarters in via Santa Maria in Gradi.
"Based on any public health protection needs, the course teaching can be delivered remotely, in mixed form or totally through full use of e-learning platforms and tools"
classRoomMode
Not mandatory
16643 - INTERNSHIPS AND JOB TRAINING
Second Semester
2
SUBJECT
SEMESTER
CFU
SSD
LANGUAGE
17605 - SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL SECURITY AND DEVIANCE
ROSALBA BELMONTE
First Semester
8
SPS/11
Learning objectives
The course aims to analyze in depth two contiguous areas of sociology: the sociology of social security and the sociology of deviance. Through the analysis of the main concepts and theories of these two fields of study, students will acquire socio-political cognitive tools useful for interpreting and managing complex social systems, with particular reference to those social situations and to those behaviors characterized by a potentially high level of criticality and conflict.
EXPECTED LEARNING RESULTS
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- read and summarize scientific texts on sociology of social security and sociology of deviance;
- describe the main theoretical concepts and research methodologies proper to the sociology of social security and the sociology of deviance;
- identify the main authors who have worked in the field of social security sociology and the sociology of deviance.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- collocate authors and theories of the sociology of social security and of the sociology of deviance in a line of temporal evolution;
- summarize the main theoretical and scientific aspects;
- define the limits of the discipline and identify its critical points.
3. MAKING JUDGMENTS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- describe in sociological terms the characteristics of deviant social behavior and a situation of social insecurity;
- identify and use sociological variables in the evaluation of a behavior or a social situation;
- understand the intrinsically social dimension of the risk definition process, and of deviant behavior / subject
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- use the scientific lexicon of the sociology of social security and the sociology of deviance in oral exposure and writing;
- discuss in public concepts, theories and social situations related to the perception of security and the definition of deviance;
- work in groups, sharing and exchanging the knowledge acquired in the field of social security sociology and the sociology of deviance.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- find and deepen independently the new scientific orientations regarding the sociology of social security and the sociology of deviance
- recover and deepen their sociological knowledge during the course of their scientific maturation process and along their professional path.
PART ONE (12 hours): THE SOCIOLOGY OF SOCIAL SECURITY
In particular, the main theoretical concepts defining the discipline will be investigated: Social security and insecurity; Civil protections and social protections; Rule of law and social state; Social risk and risk society; Social property and wage society; a case study
PART TWO (18 hours): THE SOCIOLOGY OF DEVIANCE
The second part of the course (18 hours) will be devoted to the Sociology of deviance, the study of its fundamental concepts, the analysis according to a historical and comparative perspective of its main theories and its most representative authors: social deviance; social control; anomia; social conflict; crime; subcultures.
PART III (9 hours): LABORATORY 1 - THE SENTENCES AND THE PRISON: The laboratory will analyze in particular three macro-themes: criminal justice; criminal populism; human rights
PART IV (9 hours): WORKSHOP 2 - THE SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER VIOLENCE: The workshop will analyze in particular the social representation of gender violence in the media.
examMode
Oral exam
books
R. Castel (2011): L'insicurezza sociale. Che significa essere protetti? Torino, Einaudi, Capp. 1-3
R. Belmonte (2024): Senza Stato. Il fallimento del progetto nazionale palestinese, Milano, Meltemi.
D. Scarselli; O. Vidoni Guidoni (2008), La devianza, Roma, Carocci.
S. Anastasìa (2022), Le pene e il Carcere, Roma, Mondadori Università.
F. Saccà (2021): Stereotipo e pregiudizio. La rappresentazione giuridica e mediatica della violenza di genere, Roma, FrancoAngeli, disponibile in open access sul sito dell'editore. Capp. 1-9
mode
Hybride mode
classRoomMode
Course attendance is not compulsory but strongly recommended
bibliography
See adopted texts
18134 - DEFENSE AND PRIVATE INVESTIGATION LAW, AND PRIVACY LAW
CIRO PELLEGRINO
First Semester
8
IUS/01
18294 - MARKETING
MICHELA PICCAROZZI
First Semester
7
SECS-P/08
Learning objectives
The course aims to analyse the subject of marketing from the methods and characteristics of the strategy to the operational aspects.
The analysis of marketing in its strategic and operational aspects will be articulated starting from the knowledge of the consumer up to the preparation of the marketing plan.
The student should be able to:
1) Knowledge and understanding: to know and understand the dynamics of marketing and how management can accurately plan its operational levers;
2) Applying knowledge and understanding: practically apply the knowledge acquired to develop marketing plans;
3) Autonomy of judgement (making judgments): having autonomy of judgement and ability to apply marketing methodologies and tools in an independent and original way;
4) Communication skills: to be able to communicate the acquired knowledge also through exercises and project work in comparison with other colleagues;
5) Learning skills: to learn a method of critical analysis and application of marketing tools.
PART ONE - Marketing analysis (consumer behavior; market segmentations; competition; marketing research)
SECOND PART - The strategy (corporate and marketing strategy)
PART THREE - The Marketing mix (decisions relating to the product, price, services, distribution channels, communication and sales network).
PART FOUR - The programming (the marketing plan, CRM, digital marketing, brand and brand equity).
examMode
The final examination is written and will contain a series of questions designed to ascertain the student's theoretical knowledge of the marketing process and its different phases (analytical, strategic and operational).
Two questions will be open-ended where the student will be able to demonstrate a broad knowledge of the topics covered.
Ten questions will be multiple-choice and will allow assessment not only of the theoretical aspects but also of the practical/application understanding of the topics covered.
Open questions will be awarded 10 points each and multiple-choice questions 1 point each.
Any project work carried out by students in the classroom will be assessed and added to the examination paper.
Due to the pandemic, during the period in which the exams will be held electronically, the written test will be replaced by an oral test based on three questions (10 points each) on the topics covered in the programme in which the student must demonstrate that he/she has understood the topics theoretically and practically.
books
"Marketing" J. Paul Peter,James H. jr. Donnelly, Carlo Alberto Pratesi - McGraw-Hill Education - VII Edizione
SLIDES of the lessons - Available on the student portal divided according to the structure of the reference text
mode
The lessons will be accompanied by case and project analysis.
classRoomMode
Class attendance is optional. However, it is advisable to attend lectures in the classroom or by distance learning where applicable.
bibliography
Marketing J. Paul Peter,James H. jr. Donnelly, Carlo Alberto Pratesi - McGraw-Hill Education - VII Edizione
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
CRIMINOLOGY
FRANCESCA DE RINALDIS
3
IUS/17
Learning objectives
Criminology appears today as a complex science in that it is both theoretical and practical, in that it aims to limit the social damages of crime. It includes the criminal sciences that study crime from various points of view, not only from that of the perpetrator of the crime but also from that of the victim, and integrates many human sciences into its own activity (sociology, forensic medicine, psychology, statistics , biology, ballistics, physics, information technology, etc.).
In fact, since the beginning of scientific Criminology, almost all the main authors have ventured into the difficult task of creating a descriptive system that would allow the classification, diagnosis and, if possible, a prognostic and therapeutic indication of the various forms of criminal conduct.
To better understand modern criminology, one cannot ignore the historical roots of the same discipline and the knowledge of its evolution over time in correspondence with the evolution of society and its criminal and criminal manifestations. The concept of Criminology is in fact, still in the evolutionary stage today. The study approach that we tend to favor today is to look at the criminal fact as determined by a pluralism of interacting factors, given precisely by the integration and interaction of social, anthropological, psychological, legal, medical-biological factors, educational and environmental.
TRAINING OBJECTIVES:
- acquisition by the students of the historical, theoretical and legal foundations of the discipline;
- knowledge of the main areas of applicability of Criminology;
- knowledge of the roles and skills of a criminologist to support investigative activity and the design of security and crime prevention strategies in response to the needs of contemporary society;
- development of skills that favor the reading and application of criminological science in a multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary sense in the vast context of Forensic Sciences.
the lessons take place in room 6 of the Santa Maria in Gradi complex, for a total of 18 hours, divided into 6 meetings lasting 3 hours each.
The lessons are structured as follows:
INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINOLOGY DEFINITION OF CRIMINOLOGY, OBJECT OF STUDY - ROLES AND SKILLS OF THE CRIMINOLOGIST - ORIGINS OF CRIMINOLOGICAL THOUGHT - THE PRINCIPLES OF INVESTIGATIVE ANALYSIS
THE CRIMINOLOGIST AS SUPPORT TO INVESTIGATIVE ACTIVITY - THE SYSTEM OF DEFENSIVE INVESTIGATIONS - REFERENCE TO APPLICATION CASES
VICTIMOLOGY - ORIGINS, APPLICATIONS, EVOLUTIONS - VICTIMOLOGY AS A SUPPORT TO INVESTIGATIVE ACTIVITY - PSYCHOLOGICAL AUTOPSY AND ITS APPLICATIONS TO THE DIFFERENTIAL ANALYSIS OF HOMICIDE-SUICIDE
ANALYSIS OF CRIMINAL BEHAVIOR - ASSESSMENT OF CRIMINAL BEHAVIOR: THE ABILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND WANT SOCIAL DANGER AND THE ABILITY TO SUE IN JUDGMENT - THE SYSTEM OF SECURITY MEASURES AND THE EXPERT CRIMINOLOGIST EX ART.80
CRIMES AGAINST PERSONS - FEMALE CRIMES - CRIMES IN THE FAMILY (MISTREATMENT - ABUSE - MURDER) - SEX OFFENDERS
SERIAL CRIMES, SERIAL KILLERS AND THEIR INVESTIGATION - CRIMINAL PROFILING
examMode
the exam will take place through an oral interview on the topics related to the educational program
books
handouts will be provided by the Teacher for the study of the subject, relating to the discussion of the thematic areas addressed in the lessons;
the teacher's handouts are sufficient to prepare for the exam;
Together with the handouts, the Teacher will recommend in-depth texts (optional)
mode
classroom lessons with the support of slides and videos;
- case reports;
- practical-experiential approach through the analysis of case studies;
classRoomMode
attendance in the classroom on Thursdays from 9am to 12pm.
possibility to follow online via link on the zoom platform
recorded lessons present on the Moodle platform
bibliography
BALDRY, A. C. (2006). Dai maltrattamenti all’omicidio. La valutazione del rischio di recidiva e dell’uxoricidio, Centro Scientifico Editore: Torino.
BRAMANTE, A. (2005). Fare e disfare…dall’amore alla distruttività. Il Figlicidio materno. Roma: Aracne Editore
BRAMANTE, A. (2021) Mamme che uccidono. Necessità di capire e responsabilità di prevenire. Celid
BRUNO F. (2005) L’impronta del mostro. Storie, identità e perché dei Serial Killer, Il Minotauro
BRONDONI C., Sembrava un incidente. Staging sulla scena del crimine, Aras Edizioni 2018
CANTER D., ALISON L., (2004), Il profilo psicologico. L’indagine investigativa fra teoria e prassi, Carocci Editore, Roma;
CASALE A., DE PASQUALI P., LEMBO M.S., (a cura di) La Perizia Psichiatrica nel processo penale. Aspetti giuridici e psicopatologico forensi, Maggioli Editore
CAVALLONE, A. (2008). La sindrome di Medea: cosa spinge una madre ad uccidere il proprio figlio. Psychofenia, Vol. 11 (18)
COSTANZO S., “Famiglie di sangue. Analisi dei reati in famiglia.”, Milano, Franco Angeli, 2008;
DE PASQUALE P., La Sindrome di Munchausen per procura. Analisi criminologica di madri abusanti e bambini abusati. SEU, 2021
DE PASQUALI P., “Figli che uccidono”, Rubettino Editore, Soveria Mannelli (CZ), 2002;
DE PASQUALI P., (2001), Serial Killer in Italia, Franco Angeli, Milano;
DE PASQUALI P., (2015) Vite crudeli. Storie di serial killer italiani, Castelvecchi
DE PASQUALI P., Criminologia transculturale ed Etnopsichiatria Forense. Terrorismo, immigrazione e reati culturalmente motivati, Alpes
DOUGLAS J.E., BURGES A.W., BURGES A.G., RESSLER R.K. (traduzione italiana a cura di PICOZZI M.), Crime Classification Manual – Un sistema standardizzato per indagare e classificare i crimini violenti, Edi-ermes 2016
FORNARI U., (2004), Trattato di Psichiatria Forense, UTET, Torino;
FORNARI U., PONTI G., Il fascino del male. Crimini e responsabilità nelle storie di vita di tre serial killer, Raffaello Cortina Editore
DI BELLO,G., MERIGNOLO, P. (1977). Il rifiuto della maternità. L’infanticidio in Italia dall’Ottocento ai giorni nostri. Pisa:Edizioni ETS
DI BLASIO, M., P., (2016). L’infanticidio nella legislazione penale: uno sguardo al passato per capire il presente. Giurisprudenza Penale, Vol. 3,2-17
MERZAGORA BETSOS I. “I demoni del focolare. Madri e mogli che uccidono”, Centro Scientifico Editore, 2003;
MERZAGORA BETSOS I. (2009). Uomini violenti, i partner abusanti e il loro trattamento, Raffaello Cortina Editore: Milano.
NIVOLI G. (2002). Medea tra noi. Le Madri che uccidono. Editore Carocci
PANNITTERI A., “Madri assassine. Diario da Castiglione delle Stiviere”, Roma, Gaffi Editore in Roma, 2006.
PONTI, G. MERZAGORA BETSOS, I. (2014). Compendio di Crimonologia. Raffaello Cortina: Milano.
PONTI G. FORNARI U, “Il fascino del male”, Raffaello Cortina Editore, Milano, 1995;
HIROGOYEN, M.F. (2004). Sottomesse. La violenza sulle donne nella coppia. Einaudi: Pisa.
VOLTERRA V., (a cura di) Psichiatria Forense, Criminologia ed etica psichiatrica, Masson
WALKER, L. E. (2007). The Battered Woman Syndrome, 3rd ed., Springer:New York.
GULOTTA G.,MERZAGORA BETSOS I. e coll., (2005), L’omicidio e la sua investigazione, Giuffrè, Milano;
HOLMES R.M., HOLMES S.T., Omicidi Seriali. Le nuove frontiere della conoscenza e dell’intervento, Centro Scientifico Editore
Mc DERMIT V., (traduttore F. Rende) Anatomia del crimine. Storie e segreti delle scienze forensi, Codice – Le Scienze 2016
MADEO A., CIANCHELLA V., (2018) Guida pratica operativa alle investigazioni, Wolters Kluwer
MAROTTA G., Criminologia. Storie, teorie, metodi, CEDAM 2017;
PICOZZI M., ZAPPALA’ A., Criminal profiling. Dall’analisi della scena del crimine al profilo psicologico del criminale, McGraw-Hill
PICOZZI M., INTINI A., Scienze Forensi. Teoria e prassi dell’Investigazione Scientifica, Utet Giuridica 2009
PONTI G., MERZAGORA BETSOS I. (2008), Compendio di Criminologia – V edizione, Raffaello Cortina Editore
ROSSI L., L' analisi investigativa nella psicologia criminale. Vittimologia: aspetti teorici e casi pratici, Giuffrè Editore 2005
RUSSO F., Manuale di criminal profiling. Teorie e tecniche per tracciare il profilo psicologico degli autori di crimini violenti, Celid
Barlati, S., Spagnolo, M., (2011), La psicologia investigativa e lo studio della relazione tra la vittima e l’autore di reato, in “Crimen et Delictum - International Journal of Criminological and Investigative Sciences”, vol.2, pp. 84-131
Bonicatto, B., Garcìa Pèrez, T., Rojas Lòpez, R., (2006), L’autopsia psicologica: l’indagine nei casi di morte violenta o dubbia, Milano, Franco Angeli
De Leo, G., Biscione, M.C., (2006), L’autopsia psicologica della vittima di crimini violenti, in De Leo, G., Patrizi, P., Lo psicologo criminologo, Milano, Giuffrè Editore
De Leo, G., Scali, M., Cuzzocrea, V., Giannini, M., Lepri, G. L., (2000), Psicologia investigativa: una nuova sfida della psicologia giuridica, in “Rassegna italiana di criminologia”, n.3, pp. 367-386
Gullotta, G., Vagaggini, M., (1981), Dalla parte della vittima, Milano, Giuffrè Editore
Monzani, M., (2013) Il sopralluogo psico-criminologico, Milano, Giuffrè Editore
Volpini, L., (2012), Dal criminal profiling all’autopsia psicologica della vittima, in “Linguæ & - Rivista di lingue e culture moderne”, vol. 11, n. 1-2, pp. 157-169
16291 - PUBLIC FINANCE MANAGEMENT AND TAX REGULATION
Part I - General principles
Public finance and the state budget
Tax revenues and the economic system
The principles of distribution of the tax burden
The incidence of taxes
Economic theories of the tax and the Laffer curve
Progressivity
Part II - Taxes and the Italian tax system
The classification of taxes and the structure of the tax system
Income and wealth taxes
The income produced, income, consumption
IRPEF structure
The new Flat Tax
Taxation of companies and business income (Ires, New corporate income tax - IRI)
The regulation of VAT
Main indirect taxes
Notes on fiscal federalism
Main local taxes: IRAP and minor taxes (IUC)
Part III - Financial security
Economic and financial security in companies
1) Fight against tax evasion and tax crimes
2) Alterations to corporate financial statements and corporate crimes
3) Internal protection of the company: MOGS and administrative liability of entities pursuant to Legislative Decree. 231/2001
4) The value of data, information and the protection of personal data pursuant to European Regulation 679/2919 and Privacy Code
In commercial operations and financial flows
a) Discipline of financial markets
The legality rating for businesses
Whistleblowing
examMode
The evaluation of the students will take place through an oral test on all the topics of the course.
books
Students who do not attend classes will be able to prepare the exam on the following texts:
- PAOLO BOSI, MARIA CECILIA GUERRA, Taxes in the Italian economy, Il Mulino (2020 Edition).
- All the handouts and the material that will be uploaded online on the Moodle platform.
Attending students will be able to use the notes of the lessons held and the material that will be provided and discussed during the course, in addition to the handouts uploaded to the Moodle.
mode
Lectures both in person
classRoomMode
Frequency not mandatory
bibliography
- PAOLO BOSI, MARIA CECILIA GUERRA, I tributi nell'economia italiana, Il Mulino (Edizione 2020).
16295 - STRATEGIC SECURITY STUDIES
STEFANO FILIPPI
Second Semester
10
SPS/04
Learning objectives
The aim of the course is to provide the tools to correctly understand what the strategy is and what the logics and mechanisms that characterize it: through lectures the participation of students will be stimulated, to increase their ability to analyze the use of the military instrument by political power in the contemporary age.
Although in the past the word "strategy" was usually confined to the military world, this term is currently common within numerous fields from economy to sport.
This course covers the concept of strategy as it relates to security, with a special focus on how the military armed forces are used strategically for political purposes.
The course is designed to provide the analytical tools required for a clear understanding of modern strategy issues and deepens the rationale related to the use of military force for political purposes.
Students are encouraged to attend lessons in order to enhance their understanding of this complex topic and to increase their ability to evaluate the use of military armed forces by the political establishment within the broad context of the modern world.
The course is divided into two parts: the first focusing on the key concepts of strategy and security, the latter aiming to describe the evolution of the military instrument during modern history.
THIS COURSE IS DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS:
PART 1) THE KEY CONCEPTS OF STRATEGY:
*War, peace and politics
*War from Carl von Clausewitz's perspective
*Conflicts and strategy
*Strategic forces and space-time dimensions
*Attack and defense
*Principles of military art, strategy, geography and technology.
PART 2) UNDERSTANDING OF THE EVOLUTION OF THE MILITARY IN RECENT TIME
*Use of Force: from Napoleon to Clausewitz; the World Wars.
*The Cold War confrontation: from the German rearmament question after WWII and the European Defense Community to the search for a new way.
*War amongst people: modern operations; setting the purpose for the use of force; using force amongst the people.
examMode
The examination takes place in the manner provided for by art. 24 of the University Didactic Regulations (RDA 2014) in oral form. The test focuses on the main topics included in the course program, in order to ascertain not only the level of knowledge of the contents, but also the ability to synthesize and analyze. The attribution of the final grade will also take into account the mastery of expression and the correct use of the specific terminology of the disciplinary sector. Erasmus students can also take the test in English.
books
REQUIRED Reading list: 1. Rupert Smith, L'arte della guerra nel mondo contemporaneo, Il Mulino, Bologna 2009 (ISBN 9788815132604).
Erasmus students are allowed to use the original book in English: Rupert Smith, The utility of force: the art of war in the Modern World, Penguin, London, 2006 (ISBN 9780141020440).
2. Stefano Filippi, Alleati contro, Bruno Mondadori, Milano 2016 (ISBN 9788867741700).
mode
Lessons are held in mixed mode, both in classroom and remote mode
classRoomMode
Attendance is not mandatory, but strongly recommended
bibliography
1. Rupert Smith, L'arte della guerra nel mondo contemporaneo, Il Mulino, Bologna 2009 (ISBN 9788815132604).
Rupert Smith, The utility of force: the art of war in the Modern World, Penguin, London, 2006 (ISBN 9780141020440).
2. Stefano Filippi, Alleati contro, Bruno Mondadori, Milano 2016 (ISBN 9788867741700).
16640 - FINAL EXAM
Second Semester
6
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
LEGAL MEDICINE
STEFANIA DE SIMONE
4
MED/43
FORENSIC GENETICS
GLORIA PESSINA
3
BIO/13
SUBJECT
SEMESTER
CFU
SSD
LANGUAGE
16272 - FOUNDATIONS OF PUBLIC LAW
ALESSANDRO STERPA
First Semester
8
IUS/09
Learning objectives
Educational objectives.
Knowledge of the main Italian public law institutions with particular attention to sources of law, constitutional bodies, rights of liberty, public administration and regional and local law.
Expected learning outcomes.
Students will acquire useful knowledge both to face the university study of specific areas of law, and the study aimed at participating in selective procedures, at the same time equipping themselves with useful tools to analyze social, political and institutional issues of general interest.
The course aims to provide students with the essential elements inherent in the production of legal rules by public authorities (the sources of law) and its organization both at state, regional, local and European level.
In particular, the course will provide students with the tools to understand the formalization of choices by constitutional bodies and the institutional mechanisms related to political dynamics.
Knowledge of the main Italian public law institutions with particular attention to sources of law, constitutional bodies, rights of liberty, public administration and regional and local law.
examMode
Oral exam with questions from the commission in person. The answers will be evaluated with attention to the concepts, institutions and language of public law.
books
A. Sterpa, N. Viceconte, L'ordinamento costituzionale e la norma giuridica, Napoli, 2023
A. Sterpa, Premierato all'italiana, Utet, 2024
mode
Oral Questions
classRoomMode
Free.
bibliography
A. Sterpa, N. Viceconte, L'ordinamento costituzionale e la norma giuridica, Napoli, 2023
A. Sterpa, Premierato all'italiana, Utet, 2024
16273 - CONTEMPORARY HISTORY
MAURIZIO RIDOLFI
First Semester
8
M-STO/04
Learning objectives
The course is meant to provide a good knowledge of the main political, social, economic, and cultural phenomena of contemporary history (since Belle Epoque until the end of the Cold War), in national, European and global perspective.
The course includes a manual part, which aims to offer an exhaustive framework on the political-institutional, socio-economic and communicative-media transformations in the historical processes that have marked the last two centuries, between 1848 and the present time, with attention to the roots of contemporaneity in the 19th century and the challenges of the 21st century.
It moves from Italy with a transnational history approach, in the European and Mediterranean, Atlantic and intercontinental spaces, enhancing global interactions and interdependencies; firstly through attention to the phenomena of secular nineteenth-twentieth century emigration and recent immigration to Italy and Europe.
The course also develops thematic paths that allow us to enhance the role of sources (archival, written, oral, audio-visual, online) in "making history". The course includes three thematic workshops: "Italians and migration (19th-21st centuries)"; “Media and politics in globalization (19th-21st centuries)”; “Italy, Italians and Italians in post-war cinema”. The audio-visual materials will be accessible via links to the digital platform of the manual being adopted (Pearson publisher).
examMode
Evaluation methods
For those attending, an intermediate self-assessment test is scheduled, also as a check on the learning of the course. It is not selective and takes place on the digital platform of the publisher Pearson (based on the text of the manual in use), as an application of the laboratory activities.
Exam test.
The exam is a written test, with four questions relating to the manual and one relating to the text chosen by the candidate from those indicated.
books
Adopted texts and bibliography
The course focuses on the manual volume of Maurizio Ridolfi, Storia della politica. Italia e Italiani in prospettiva transnazionale nei secoli XIX-XXI, Milano, Pearson, 2020 [ISBN: 9788891913654]; Storia della politica - Digital edition [ISBN: 9788891913661], MyLab - student access.
Monographic texts are added, from which the student must choose one:
Agnese Bertolotti, Bisogni e desideri. Società, consumi e cinema in Italia dalla ricostruzione al boom, Milano, Mimesis, 2021 [ISBN: 9788857574806]
Raffaello Ares Doro (a cura di), Diritto allo studio e educazione degli adulti nell’Italia repubblicana. Nel cinquantesimo anniversario delle 150 ore, Roma, Viella, 2024, pp. 268 [ISBN: 9791254696934];
Maurizio Ridolfi, Le feste nazionali, Bologna, il Mulino, 2021 [ISBN: 978-88-15-29131-8].
Alessandro Rosina e Roberto Impicciatore, Storia demografica d'Italia. Crescita, crisi, sfide, Roma, Carocci 2023 [ISBN: 978-88-290-1679-2]
mode
The course combines lectures with seminars and laboratory activities also carried out by external researchers and scholars, focused on the use and valorisation of historical work through sources: written texts and oral testimonies, photographs and images, audio-visual documents.
The course involves the preparation of teaching materials on the Pearson platform (the publisher of the manual in use), with interactions through exercises and discussion forums. It will be possible, for those who cannot be present, to follow the lessons via streaming.
classRoomMode
Attendance is optional but highly recommended, in order to acquire mastery of the language and jargon of the social and historical sciences.
bibliography
Attendance is optional but highly recommended, in order to acquire mastery of the language and jargon of the social and historical sciences.
16284 - GENERAL SOCIOLOGY
MELISSA MONGIARDO
First Semester
8
SPS/07
Learning objectives
Goals:
Acquiring the main concepts of sociology and the
The aim of the course is to provide the main concepts of sociology and the acquisition of the main structural features and social processes that characterize modern and contemporary societies.
The discipline provides:
1) knowledge and understanding of sociology as discipline (to read and summarize the sociological scientific texts; to identify the fundamental concepts of sociology);
2) knowledge and understanding of the main concepts of the discipline (to analyze the main social processes of contemporary societies);
3) autonomy of judgement (capacity of discussing about social phenomena; to be able of assessing the quality of sociological works);
4) communication abilities (good knowledge of the sociological lexicon; capacity to discuss about sociological concepts and theories and about social phenomena in public; teamwork);
4) learning skills (being able to deepen his/her sociological knowledge).
The aim of the course is to provide the main fundamentals of general sociology as a useful tool
- to better interpret contemporary society and social organisation;
- to analyse emerging social phenomena from a critical perspective;
- to operate a systematic and critical reflection aimed at acting the social worlds in a more conscious and effective manner.
To achieve these objectives, the course programme is divided into two parts.
PART I - THE SOCIOLOGICAL IMAGINATION
The first part focuses primarily on the exercise of the so-called ‘sociological imagination’ starting with the main aspects of the discipline discussed in the text:
Manza J., Arum R., Haney L. (2018), (ed. it. edited by Santoro M.), Progetto Sociologia, guida all'immaginazione sociologica, Pearson, Milano.
Main themes: Sociological imagination; Social theory; Social world; Social interaction; Social structure; Power and politics; Markets, labour organisation; Social stratification, inequality and poverty.
PART II - REFLEXIVITY
The second part of the programme is dedicated to the concept of ‘reflexivity’, a crucial aspect of the sociological discipline, discussed through the text:
Bourdieu P. (2024), (ed. it. edited by Ienna G., Lombardo C., Sabetta L., Santoro M.), Sulla riflessività, Meltemi, Milano.
examMode
In accordance with the fact that this course represents the inaugural offering within the sociological disciplines, the examination is conducted orally for the purpose of more precise verification of the knowledge and skills that have been acquired.
books
Manza J., Arum R., Haney L. (2018), (ed. it. edited by Santoro M.), Progetto Sociologia, guida all'immaginazione sociologica, Pearson, Milano.
Bourdieu P. (2024), (ed. it. edited by Ienna G., Lombardo C., Sabetta L., Santoro M.), Sulla riflessività, Meltemi, Milano.
classRoomMode
It should be noted that attendance at the course is not obligatory.
bibliography
Bagnasco A., Barbagli M., Cavalli A. (2012), Corso di Sociologia, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Collins R. (2006), Teorie sociologiche, Il Mulino, Bologna.
Bourdieu P. (2015), Forme di capitale, Armando Editore, Roma.
16641 - KNOWLEDGE OF AT LEAST ONE FOREIGN LANGUAGE
MARIA CRISTINA FOGGETTI
Second Semester
2
Learning objectives
The course aims to develop knowledge of the aspects characterizing French culture and civilization. The proposed readings aim to stimulate students' interest and knowledge in relation to aspects of French life, history and culture from an intercultural perspective and with particular attention to issues of a political and international nature, human rights and issues of actuality. The proposed readings and the material provided are designed and graded according to the expected level of linguistic-communicative competence (A1-A2 of the CEFR).
A. OBJECTIVES
The course aims to provide students with the basic concepts and principles of political economy, considering also the major recent advances that have characterized the frontier areas of research in economics. In particular, the course intends to provide students with fundamental knowledge regarding how economic systems work, both at the micro- and macro level, by focusing on the behavior of the main economic actors, i.e. households, firms, public authorities, and the rest of the world.
B. EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
Acquire knowledge and tools, both theoretical and practical, allowing students to understand how economic systems work, the objectives, limits and tools of policy making. Such knowledge will be acquired through frontal lectures supported by appropriate reading materials, and participation to thematic seminars.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
Students will be able to apply the acquired knowledge and methodology to practical examples and facts in a way to assess the main concerns and opportunities of modern economic systems. Such skills will be developed mainly through case studies and active debate within the classroom.
3. MAKING JUDGEMENTS
The autonomy of judgment is built by means of the technical mastery of the tools, and of the understanding of how economic systems work, to explain the rationale behind the main economic relationships. Students will be able to interpret relevant data and stylized facts on the main economic indicators in order to assess and judge general issues in macro- and microeconomics. This will be built through lessons encouraging discussion and confrontation among students.
4. COMMUNICATION ABILITIES
Students will acquire the ability to present the issues of the course with adequate language and appropriate analytical skills (simple formulae, graphs, and explanation of causal links). Such ability will be reached through tutorials. Students will be able to communicate with peers and supervisors about their understanding of basic topics in economics.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
Students should be able to rework the main notions of economics independently and critically so that to undertake possible further studies with a high degree of autonomy.
C. SYLLABUS
Part 1 (general concepts)
- Introductory notions and tools
- Thinking like an economist
Part 2 (microeconomics): Markets and choices by economic agents
- The functioning of the market: demand, supply, the notion of elasticity, the concepts of consumers surplus, producer surplus and market efficiency.
- Consumers choices
- Firm’s behaviour and different types of market structures.
Part 3 (macroeconomics): The foundations of macroeconomic theory
- Neoclassical approach (overview)
- Money and inflation.
- Keynesian approach to economic fluctuations and unemployment (income-expenditure model, IS-LM model).
examMode
The final exam consists of a written examination and a (not-compulsory) oral test aimed to assess the acquired knowledge and the ability to solve practical exercises. Tutorials and exercises will be carried out throughout the course in order to get ready for the final exam.
About macroeconomics: Mankiw «Macroeconomia» Zanichelli, 7th Italian edition (2024).
mode
Frontal lectures and tutorials.
classRoomMode
Attendance to lectures is not mandatory but strongly recommended. Students unable to attend the lectures may get in touch with the teacher in order to have detailed information about the syllabus and the methodology.
bibliography
Further teaching material is provided by the instructor during the course and made available on Moodle website.
16278 - LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - ENGLISH
ALESSANDRA OLGA GRAZIA SERRA
Second Semester
8
L-LIN/12
Learning objectives
The course is one of the basic courses common to the course in Editorial and sectoral Interpretation and Translation and aims to provide methodological and practical tools for interlinguistic comparison aimed at translation from and into English. The objectives of the course are: to consolidate and refine the ability to reflect on language from a contrastive Italian/English perspective and to develop a critical analysis capacity that allows identifying and resolving potential communication problems in the translation of texts between the two languages. The achievement of these objectives will allow the student to orient themselves autonomously in the field of sectoral translation, with particular reference to translation for tourism and for the promotion of cultural heritage.
The course aims to provide the key concepts of political science, starting from the problem of the definition of matter itself, both in its historical manifestations, and above all because of the theoretical elements that constitute it. In this sense, the main methodological institutes of political science will be analyzed, the themes and research prospects that are at the heart of contemporary politics will be deepened: from parties to pressure groups, from electoral systems to the problems of political representation to the functioning of parliaments; from the transformations of democracy to the new challenges brought to it by populist movements and parties, from totalitarianism to the interactions between economy and politics in the logic of globalization.
In this sense, the educational objectives that the course pursues are:
- knowledge and understanding in Political science key-items;
- applying knowledge and understanding in Political science key-items;
- making judgements and critical comprehension of the principal nowadays political phenomena;
- implementation of communication skills in political items:
- implementation of learning skills.
The course aims to introduce the discipline of Political Science, and more specifically Comparative Politics. After outlining the boundaries and characteristics of the discipline, and proposing some reflections on the object of study, the course develops a teaching proposal based on four integrated modules:
- Participation and Politics;
- Political movements and organizations (interest groups, social movements, parties and party systems);
- Contemporary Populisms;
- Institutions (parliaments and governments; public policies);
- Regimes (democracies; authoritarianisms; totalitarianisms; European Union).
Each lecture of the course will start from insights offered by recent or contemporary political reality (with particular references to the Italian system), by proposing an analysis through concepts and analytical tools proper to the discipline. It is therefore highly recommended, from time to time, the prior reading of the chapters of the adopted textbook relevant to each lesson, in order to already handle the analytical tools for an informed participation in the lesson by the students and students. The proposal of specific short texts (to supplement the adopted textbook) in preparation for specific lessons is also possible.
Main Textbooks
- G. Pasquino (2009), Nuovo corso di Scienza politica, Bologna: il Mulino
- (TBD. Topic: populisms)
examMode
The oral exam aims to verify the achievement of the training objectives, and in particular: the full understanding of the founding concepts of the discipline, of the main research questions and methodological challenges ("Knowledge and ability to understand the main issues related to Political Science"), as well as the applicability of the concepts and notions illustrated in the course to contemporary political reality ("Applied knowledge and ability to understand the main issues related to Political Science"; "Autonomy of judgement and critical understanding of the main contemporary political phenomena"). Questions requiring greater deduction/abstraction skills are envisaged, in order to test the development of learning and communication skills in political science issues, as well as, again and centrally, the ability to critically understand the discipline's founding concepts and main research directions.
books
Almagisti, M. & Graziano, P. (ed.) (2023). La democrazia. Concetti, attori, istituzioni. Carocci.
mode
There will be lectures with a high level of interaction with students, who will be given continuous examples in order to demonstrate the usefulness of the illustrated concepts for understanding contemporary political phenomena.
classRoomMode
Non-compulsory, lessons recorded.
bibliography
Almagisti, M. & Graziano, P. (ed.) (2023). La democrazia. Concetti, attori, istituzioni. Carocci.
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
ANDREA DI STASIO
First Semester
6
SPS/07
Learning objectives
The objective of the course is to provide the tools to understand the birth, role and functioning of security institutions and organisations: through lectures the participation of students will be stimulated, to increase their analytical capacity with respect to this type of institutions and organizations, which play an increasingly important role in the contemporary age.
The first part of the course will be dedicated to the foundations of International Relations, to Security Studies with particular focus to contemporary challenges and the future of International Relations.
The second part of the course will be dedicated to deepening the Security organizations in their institutional structure, in the functions performed and in the impact on the politics of the Member States. In addition, the United Nations will be analyzed in depth, with its related peace operations, the European Union in its emerging role in the field of collective Security and NATO.
examMode
The examination takes place in the manner provided for by art. 24 of the University Didactic Regulations (RDA 2014) in written form, with the possibility of taking the oral to change the mark of the written exam, which must in any case be sufficient (at least 18/30) to book for the oral. For attending students only, it is possible to replace the written test with the drafting of a paper on the topics of the course, to be agreed with the teacher and delivered at least one week before the date of the session. The test focuses on the main topics included in the course program, in order to ascertain not only the level of knowledge of the contents, but also the ability to synthesize and analyze. The attribution of the final grade will also take into account the mastery of expression and the correct use of the specific terminology of the disciplinary sector.
books
Required reading list:
1. J. Grieco, G.J. Ikenberry, M. Mastanduno (a cura di E. Parsi), Introduzione alle relazioni internazionali. Domande fondamentali e prospettive contemporanee, UTET Universitaria, Milano 2017, ISBN 9788860084897: from pag. IX to pag. 85; from pag. 171 to pag. 340.
2. R. Belloni, M. Moschella, D. Sicurelli, Le organizzazioni internazionali, il Mulino, Bologna 2013, ISBN 9788815244437: from pag. 9 to pag. 105; from pag. 189 to pag. 261.
mode
Lessons are held in mixed mode, both in classroom and remote mode
classRoomMode
Recommended frequency
bibliography
1. C. Cerreti, M. Marconi, P. Sellari, Spazi e poteri. Geografia politica, geografia economica, geopolitica, Editori Laterza, Bari-Roma 2019, ISBN 9788859300519.
2. M. Graziano, Geopolitica. Orientarsi nel grande disordine internazionale, il Mulino, Bologna 2019, ISBN 9788815283726.
3. N. Ronzitti, Diritto internazionale dei conflitti armati, G. Giappichellli Editore, Torino 2021, ISBN 9788892139411.
ELECTIVE COURSE
First Semester
18
AGNESE BERTOLOTTI
First Semester
6
SPS/03
Learning objectives
HISTORY OF EUROPEAN INSTITUTIONS
EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES:
The course is aimed at students of Political Science and International Relations and is designed to provide an in-depth historical overview of the process of European integration from the Treaties of Rome (1957) to the birth of the single currency and the enlargement of the European Union, with the aim of providing the necessary tools to decode the current evolutionary dynamics of the European Institutions.
KNOWLEDGE AND ABILITY TO UNDERSTAND
At the end of the course, students will be able to describe and identify the different stages of the European construction that led to the Union and assess the strategies to increase its effectiveness.
APPLIED KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course, students will be able to demonstrate a certain degree of autonomy of judgement leading them to identify the historical moments or strategies most useful to the process of European integration, to define the competences of the different institutions and to understand and analyse their actions in a historically contextualised perspective.
JUDGEMENT AUTONOMY:
To have developed a capacity for critical analysis and autonomous judgement on the crises and revivals of European institutions in the process of European construction. To demonstrate the ability to critically elaborate the contents introduced and discussed in class, thus developing critically and autonomously the themes of the course and the analysis of European current affairs.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Ability to communicate effectively in oral form on the topics covered during the course of the lectures.
LEARNING SKILLS: Ability to elaborate, catalogue, schematise, summarise and rework the contents acquired during the course in a personal way.
The course aims to provide students with the tools to acquire or deepen a sound basic knowledge of European institutions. In addition to providing methodological and research indications, students will retrace the milestones of the European integration process, starting from the Schuman Declaration of 1950 and the birth of the European Communities (Rome Treaties of 1957); the subsequent treaties; the first direct election of the European Parliament (1979); the birth of the single currency; the transformation into the European Union (1992); the Lisbon Treaty of 2007; the protagonists in the history of European integration; the role of the EU in the political and economic development of the European Continent; the development of the Union institutions. The role and actions of the EU institutions in the contemporary landscape.
Particular attention is paid to the protagonists and architects of the processes of European integration; the debate on the European institutional model and its possible evolutions; the role of the institutions in the lives of citizens.
examMode
For attending and non-attending students, the exam consists of an oral interview aimed at ascertaining the candidate's overall maturity through questions on the program and on the recommended texts.
During the oral exam various questions will be asked on the different topics of the program, in order to verify the communicative, expository and critical ability of the student.
The assessment will take into account the depth and breadth of the notions learned, the property of language demonstrated in the exposition of concepts and notions, the ability to make adequate connections between the various acquired knowledge and the ability to critically relate past events to this. that happens in the contemporary world.
The evaluation will include:
- the degree of acquisition of knowledge of the topics (50% of the score)
- the ability to synthesize and correlate the various topics (30% of the score)
- the comprehension and the ability to interpret and re-elaborate (20% of the score).
books
- W. Loth, Building Europe. A History of European Unification (2015)
or
- J.P. Arnason, European Integration: Historical Trajectories, Geopolitcal Contexts (2021)
or
- Mark Gilbert, European Integration: A Political History (2020)
classRoomMode
Attendance is not compulsory. It will be possible to attend lectures both in the classroom and via the Zoom platform
bibliography
- W. Loth, Building Europe. A History of European Unification (2015)
- J.P. Arnason, European Integration: Historical Trajectories, Geopolitcal Contexts (2021)
- Mark Gilbert, European Integration: A Political History (2020)
- Klaus-Dieter Borchardt, European Integration. The Origins and Growth of European Union (1995)
SUBJECT
SEMESTER
CFU
SSD
LANGUAGE
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
PRIVATE LAW
STEFANO D'ANDREA
Second Semester
8
IUS/01
Learning objectives
The course aims to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of Italian private law, starting with the study of the law of persons and entities, and progressing to obligations and contracts, property, and possession. Through this study, students will be able to grasp the functioning and “ratio” of Italian civil law, enabling them to navigate legal transactions with awareness and understanding
The exam program covers the entire subject debated in the manuals of private law (including topics not addressed in class and in study groups), except for the parts concerning:
- the family law;
- the successions;
- the enterprise and the companies;
- the bank and stock exchange contracts;
- the credit instruments;
- the failure and insolvency procedures;
- the subordinate employment relationship;
- the trade union law.
examMode
The oral exam consists of four questions.
The first of these will cover a fundamental institution of private law. The student who does not respond sufficiently to the first question will be rejected and will not be able to continue the test.
As a result of the fourth question, the committee will make its assessment.
books
The student may choose to prepare the examination on one of the two texts below
indicated below:
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
The preparation of the exam must be complemented by the indispensable consultation - which must be continuous and systematic: during the lessons, in the rereading of the notes and in the months of studi preceding the exam - of a "Civil Code" (not commented with doctrine and jurisprudence) updated and accompanied by the main special laws.
We recommend the "Codice civile e leggi collegate" a cura di G. De Nova, Bologna, 2023.
classRoomMode
La frequenza alle lezioni è libera
bibliography
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
The exam program covers the entire subject debated in the manuals of private law (including topics not addressed in class and in study groups), except for the parts concerning:
- the family law;
- the successions;
- the enterprise and the companies;
- the bank and stock exchange contracts;
- the credit instruments;
- the failure and insolvency procedures;
- the subordinate employment relationship;
- the trade union law.
examMode
The oral exam consists of four questions.
The first of these will cover a fundamental institution of private law. The student who does not respond sufficiently to the first question will be rejected and will not be able to continue the test.
As a result of the fourth question, the committee will make its assessment.
books
The student may choose to prepare the examination on one of the two texts below
indicated below:
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
The preparation of the exam must be complemented by the indispensable consultation - which must be continuous and systematic: during the lessons, in the rereading of the notes and in the months of studi preceding the exam - of a "Civil Code" (not commented with doctrine and jurisprudence) updated and accompanied by the main special laws.
We recommend the "Codice civile e leggi collegate" a cura di G. De Nova, Bologna, 2023.
classRoomMode
La frequenza alle lezioni è libera
bibliography
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
Private law in general; its sources and methods of study; particularly the origins and developments of the Civil Code.
Legal facts and acts in general. The meaning and contents of contractual autonomy. Proof and publicity.
The legal relationship; the various fundamental legal situations.
Natural persons: legal capacity, capacity to act, protection mechanisms for those incapable; the protection of personality.
Legal persons; types of legal persons; collective entities without legal personality.
Property and real rights. Property in the Constitution, in the Code, in special laws; real rights of enjoyment; co-ownership; protection of possession. Real estate publicity.
Obligatory relationships, patrimonial liability, guarantees.
Contracts in general, with particular attention to issues of formation, interpretation, and invalidity. Major named contracts in the Code and special laws.
Non-contractual sources of obligation; management of affairs, unjust enrichment, and undue enrichment. Basic concepts of negotiable instruments.
Liability for tort.
examMode
Assessment is conducted through a series of questions, starting with general ones and then moving on to examine more specific aspects.
books
Exam preparation can be done using any university-level private law textbook, but not by using summary or condensed works (e.g., the textbook *Torrente-Schlesinger, Manuale di Diritto Privato*, edited by Granelli, Milan, latest edition). Additionally, it is essential to diligently read an updated Civil Code for the same preparation.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not mandatory, but it is strongly recommended.
bibliography
(e.g., the textbook *Torrente-Schlesinger, Manuale di Diritto Privato*, edited by Granelli, Milan, latest edition
Private law in general; its sources and methods of study; particularly the origins and developments of the Civil Code.
Legal facts and acts in general. The meaning and contents of contractual autonomy. Proof and publicity.
The legal relationship; the various fundamental legal situations.
Natural persons: legal capacity, capacity to act, protection mechanisms for those incapable; the protection of personality.
Legal persons; types of legal persons; collective entities without legal personality.
Property and real rights. Property in the Constitution, in the Code, in special laws; real rights of enjoyment; co-ownership; protection of possession. Real estate publicity.
Obligatory relationships, patrimonial liability, guarantees.
Contracts in general, with particular attention to issues of formation, interpretation, and invalidity. Major named contracts in the Code and special laws.
Non-contractual sources of obligation; management of affairs, unjust enrichment, and undue enrichment. Basic concepts of negotiable instruments.
Liability for tort.
examMode
Assessment is conducted through a series of questions, starting with general ones and then moving on to examine more specific aspects.
books
Exam preparation can be done using any university-level private law textbook, but not by using summary or condensed works (e.g., the textbook *Torrente-Schlesinger, Manuale di Diritto Privato*, edited by Granelli, Milan, latest edition). Additionally, it is essential to diligently read an updated Civil Code for the same preparation.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not mandatory, but it is strongly recommended.
bibliography
(e.g., the textbook *Torrente-Schlesinger, Manuale di Diritto Privato*, edited by Granelli, Milan, latest edition
16274 - HISTORY OF ITALY AND OF THE EUROPEAN INTEGRATION
MAURIZIO RIDOLFIROBERTO COLOZZA
First Semester
8
M-STO/04
Learning objectives
EXPECTED LEARNING RESULTS: At the end of the course, students will be able to understand the key-questions of contemporary history since the mid-XXth century until the late XXth century. To do so, the main themes of the discipline will be treated, thus providing the conceptual tools to decrypt the evolution of contemporary societies.
KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: Having developed the knowledge of the fundamental principles and methods of historical knowledge.
APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: Having developed the ability to apply the methods of analysis of historical knowledge to the key problems of contemporary history from the mid-twentieth century to the end of the twentieth century.
MAKING JUDGMENTS: Having developed a capacity for critical analysis and independent judgment on the problems and historical processes typical of contemporary society.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Having achieved the ability to present in a clear and precise form the fundamental junctions of the phenomena and events studied.
LEARNING SKILLS: To be able to place the fundamental events and processes of contemporary history over time and to identify the links that connect them.
In the process of European integration, the junctions of memory policies that contribute to re-reading supranational history in the contemporary age are examined. The transformations of pro-European rhetoric and the challenge of an effective process of Europeanization are read through the conjugation of national histories (Italian but not only) with continental transnational history, in the correlation between public memories and the self of history in the complex construction of a European civil religion.
examMode
An intermediate verification is foreseen, which does not contribute to the final evaluation.
The exam consists of an oral test, focused on the texts included in the program, presented and discussed during the lectures and in-depth seminars.
books
MODULE I of the course
A.Varsori, La Cenerentola d'Europa. L'Italia e l'integrazione europea dal 1946 ad oggi, Rubbettino, Soveria Mannelli, 2009
Choice between the two volumes:
Contro l’Europa? I diversi scetticismi verso l’integrazione europea, a cura di D. Pasquinucci e L. Verzichelli, Bologna, Il Mulino 2016. [ISBN: 978-88-15-26001-7];
L’Europa e le sue memorie. Politiche e culture del ricordo dopo il 1989, a c. F. Focardi - B. Groppo, Viella, Roma 2013 [ISBN: 978-88-6728-018-6]
MODULE II of the course
A.Bolaffi e G. Crainz (a c. di), Calendario civile europeo, Donzelli, Roma, 2019, pp. 495, ISBN: 978-88-6843-959-0.
mode
In correspondence with the training objectives, the acquisition of knowledge and specific skills includes both lectures and specialized seminars, as well as the construction of texts resulting from exercises in which to apply the research methodology, through the use of one or more sources, as well as the articulation of narrative paths, with both individual and group works, which are presented and discussed in laboratory form.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not mandatory. The course includes two lessons per week, each lasting three hours, held on two consecutive days.
bibliography
A. Spinelli, Europeismo. Per un'Europa libera e unita (1977), con saggio di Giuliano Amato, Treccani 2019 [Isbn: 978-8812007370].
Daniele Pasquinucci, Il frutto avvelenato. Il vincolo europeo e al critica all’Europa, Milano, Mondadori Education, 2023, pp. 234 [Isbn: 9788800862639 ]
The course is based on two parts, enlightening the link between Italian history and the history of European integration, since post-WWII until the beginning of the XXIst century
examMode
Oral exam. Seminars held during classes will be taken into account in the overall evaluation of the student
books
Mandatory:
- A. Varsori, La Cenerentola d’Europa? L’Italia e l’integrazione europea dal 1947 a oggi, Soveria Mannelli, Rubbettino, 2010.
Part A of the course, one of the following texts:
- L’Europa e le sue memorie. Politiche e culture del ricordo dopo il 1989, a cura di F. Focardi e B. Groppo, Viella, Roma 2013
- Contro l’Europa? I diversi scetticismi verso l’integrazione europea, a c. di D. Pasquinucci e L. Verzichelli, Bologna, Il Mulino 2016
mode
The course is based on traditional frontal lessons including visual and audiovisual support as well as seminars that are meant to involve students and stimulate their independent reflection
classRoomMode
Attendance is not mandatory
bibliography
Mandatory:
- A. Varsori, La Cenerentola d’Europa? L’Italia e l’integrazione europea dal 1947 a oggi, Soveria Mannelli, Rubbettino, 2010.
Part A of the course, one of the following texts:
- L’Europa e le sue memorie. Politiche e culture del ricordo dopo il 1989, a cura di F. Focardi e B. Groppo, Viella, Roma 2013
- Contro l’Europa? I diversi scetticismi verso l’integrazione europea, a c. di D. Pasquinucci e L. Verzichelli, Bologna, Il Mulino 2016
16283 - POLITICAL ECONOMY AND ECONOMIC INSTITUTIONS
ALESSANDRO SORRENTINOBARBARA PANCINO
First Semester
10
SECS-P/06
Learning objectives
The course aims to deepen macroeconomic issues that characterize the performance of the national and international system.
Objective of the course is to provide information to assess the state's role in influencing the economy in the short, medium and long term. Particular emphasis will be given to fiscal and monetary policies, deepening their objectives, means and limits.
Dublin Descriptors
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
The course aims to provide the basic theoretical knowledge to allow the student to autonomously understand the action exerted by the economic policy.
This knowledge will be acquired primarily through lectures, reading targeted texts and participation in thematic seminars.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
The student will be able to apply the theoretical and methodological knowledge in the interpretation of themes and issues where the balance of economic systems is at stake. These specific skills are developed mainly through the study of case studies and debate in the classroom.
3. MAKING JUDGMENTS
Judgement will result from the technical mastery of the tools, and the understanding of the reasons that make different approaches bearers of different solutions in different contexts. This is built up through lessons that encourage reasoned discussion with students and group work that stimulate the comparison.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
The student should acquire the ability to expose and present the issues and themes of the course with language mastery and appropriate analytical skills. The exercises focused on critical reading and interpretation of newspaper articles will aim to implement this ability.
Microeconomics Principles - Prof. Sorrentino (2CFU)
Elements of Microeconomics
1) The individual as an economic entity
2) Consumer demand
3) The offer of the producers
4) The role of competitive markets
Notes on the Economy of Wellness
1) Allocative efficiency and excellent Pareto
2) The consumer surplus
3) The surplus of producers
4) Efficiency in competitive markets
Macroeconomics and Economic Policy - Prof.ssa Pancino (8 CFU)
Introduction
- content and organization of the course
- concepts and definitions
The short run
- The goods market
- The financial markets
- The IS-LM model
- The IS-LM model in open economics
The medium term
- The job market
Political Economics
- Monetary and fiscal policy
- The role of economic policy
Insights
- The "great recession": the crisis of 2007-2010
- The European Economic Union
- The euro
examMode
Oral exam lasting about 20 minutes, divided into 2 or 3 questions, during which the student will have to demonstrate:
• mastery of the economic concepts underlying the course and the underlying economic theory
• the ability to critically evaluate the various analytical perspectives and possible mixes of economic policy
• read the economic press critically and with full knowledge of the facts
books
Principi di microeconomia – Prof. Sorrentino (2CFU)
Testo consigliato: Mankiw N. G., Taylor M. P., "Principi di Microeconomia - Sesta edizione italiana", Zanichelli, 2015 (capitoli 1, 3, 6, 7 + Appendice al cap. 2)
Slide delle lezioni disponibili sulla pagina dell’insegnamento.
Macroeconomia e Politica economica – Prof.ssa Pancino (8 CFU)
Testo di riferimento: Blanchard O., Amighini A., Giavazzi F., Macroeconomia-Una prospettiva europea, Il Mulino, 2016. Capitoli: II-V,VII, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XXI-XXIII, XXIV (lettura consigliata). Slide delle lezioni disponibili sulla pagina dell’insegnamento.
mode
Lectures and Exercises
classRoomMode
Attendance, although optional, is strongly recommended
bibliography
Principi di microeconomia – Prof. Sorrentino (2CFU)
Testo consigliato: Mankiw N. G., Taylor M. P., "Principi di Microeconomia - Sesta edizione italiana", Zanichelli, 2015 (capitoli 1, 3, 6, 7 + Appendice al cap. 2)
Slide delle lezioni disponibili sulla pagina dell’insegnamento.
Macroeconomia e Politica economica – Prof.ssa Pancino (8 CFU)
Testo di riferimento: Blanchard O., Amighini A., Giavazzi F., Macroeconomia-Una prospettiva europea, Il Mulino, 2016. Capitoli: II-V,VII, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XXI-XXIII, XXIV (lettura consigliata). Slide delle lezioni disponibili sulla pagina dell’insegnamento.
Macroeconomics and Economic Policy – Prof. Pancino (8 CFU)
Introduction
- contents and organization of the course
- concepts and definitions
The short term
- The goods market
- The financial markets
- The IS-LM model
- The IS-LM model in open economy
The medium term
- The job market
Economic policy
- Monetary policy and fiscal policy
- The role of economic policy
Insights
- The “great recession”: the 2007-2010 crisis
- The European Economic Union
- The euro
examMode
Oral question on 2-3 topics of the program. Graphical representation is often required.
books
Testo di riferimento: Blanchard O., Amighini A., Giavazzi F., Macroeconomia-Una prospettiva europea, Il Mulino, 2016. Capitoli: II-V,VII, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XXI-XXIII, XXIV (lettura consigliata). Slide delle lezioni disponibili sulla pagina dell’insegnamento.
classRoomMode
free
bibliography
Testo di riferimento: Blanchard O., Amighini A., Giavazzi F., Macroeconomia-Una prospettiva europea, Il Mulino, 2016. Capitoli: II-V,VII, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XXI-XXIII, XXIV (lettura consigliata). Slide delle lezioni disponibili sulla pagina dell’insegnamento.
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
ECONOMICS FOR PUBLIC SECTOR ENTERPRISES AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
ALESSANDRA STEFANONI
Second Semester
8
SECS-P/07
Learning objectives
The course aims to illustrate to the student the general characteristics of the “universal” company and the public administration. It is proposed, in particular, to identify the organizational and management logics of public administration, analyzing the main change processes that have involved the whole public administration in recent years.
Dublin Descriptors:
a) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: knowledge and understanding of the concept of "universal" company and public company.
b) APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: ability to apply the knowledge acquired and to understand and solve problems relating to the management and accounting and budget information system of companies and public administrations (with particular reference to local authorities).
c) MAKING JUDGEMENTS: ability to use the acquired knowledge on a conceptual and operational level with autonomous assessment skills and skills in the various application contexts.
d) COMMUNICATION SKILLS: acquire clear and effective communication skills, thanks to technical language typical of the discipline
e) LEARNING SKILLS: acquire adequate learning skills that allow you to independently address and deepen the main issues of the discipline. This ability will be developed through the active involvement of students through discussions in the classroom and exercises on specific topics related to the course.
The main topics are:
- The company: the reference framework, the characteristics of the universal company, the relationship between the company and the environment.
- Business management: conceptual definition and classifications, exchange relationships, economic and financial aspect of management, economic result and break even point.
- New Public Management
- Public Administrations: definition and conceptual framework, characteristic features of the PA, typical economic functions.
- The planning of public administrations: budgets, budget functions.
examMode
The level of knowledge acquired on the topics covered in the course, the candidate's ability to apply the basic logical and technical tools to investigate the structure and functioning of administrations and public companies from an business administration perspective as well as the effectiveness and clarity in the display.
books
For attending students, the exam program includes: slides and teaching material available on the moodle platform.
For non-attending students the following textbooks are recommended:
- Catturi G., Principi di Economia Aziendale, 2019, Cedam.
- Mussari R., Economia delle Amministrazioni Pubbliche, 2017, McGraw-Hill, Milano.
- Testo Unico degli Enti locali, ultima versione.
Curriculum «Investigazioni e Sicurezza» (SPRI) (7 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3.
Curriculum «Scienze Politiche» (SPRI) (8 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3-4 (fino al paragrafo 4.2.3 incluso).
mode
Lectures, exercises and seminars.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not compulsory but strongly encouraged.
bibliography
N. ANGIOLA, P. BIANCHI, G. MONGELLI, Migliorare la performance delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Aracne, Roma, 2016.
M. PAOLONI, F.G. GRANDIS, La dimensione aziendale delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Giappichelli, Torino, 2007.
C. POLLIT, G. BOUCKAERT, Public Management Reform: A Comparative Analysis, Oxford University press, USA; 2 edition, 2004
Second Semester
5
SPS/07
Learning objectives
The course, structured in an interdisciplinary way on two modules, aims to analyze through a frontal teaching activity, seminars and laboratories some of the most significant challenges that the technological innovation of digital networks imposes on our present time from the point of view of legal and social regulation.
EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING ABILITY
At the end of the training activity the student will be able to:
- understand and describe the impact on the social system and on the legal system of technological innovation related to digital communication networks.
- identify and describe the challenges that the technological innovation of networks poses to the processes of legal, social and political regulation;
- identify the main authors who have contributed to the study of the relationship between technological innovation of digital networks, legal regulation and social regulation.
2. APPLIED KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- reconstruct in an interdisciplinary and diachronic perspective the impact determined on the systems of social and legal regulation by the processes of technological innovation;
- summarize the main theoretical-scientific aspects of the relationship between technological innovation of networks, legal regulation and social regulation;
- define the limits and identify the critical points, in an interdisciplinary perspective, in the contemporary processes of legal and social regulation of technological innovation of networks.
3. JUDGMENT AUTONOMY
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- describe in an interdisciplinary socio-legal perspective the characteristics of technological innovation and its impact on the mechanisms of legal and social regulation
- identify and use interdisciplinary knowledge of the socio-legal field in analyzing the scenario defined by the introduction of digital technologies in the social system and in its processes of legal regulation;
- understand the connections between social dynamics and legal dynamics in the process of technological innovation of digital networks.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- use an interdisciplinary scientific vocabulary of the socio-legal field in oral presentation and writing;
- discuss concepts, situations and problems related to the relationship between technological innovation and legal-social regulation in an interdisciplinary perspective of the socio-legal field.
- work in a group, sharing and exchanging the knowledge acquired in the interdisciplinary socio-legal analysis of technological innovation.
5. LEARNING ABILITY
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- independently find and study new scientific orientations regarding the study and analysis of the relationship between technological innovation, legal regulation and social regulation.
- recover and study their interdisciplinary knowledge of the socio-legal field during their scientific maturation process and along their professional path.
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
Second Semester
5
SPS/07
Learning objectives
The course, structured in an interdisciplinary way on two modules, aims to analyze through a frontal teaching activity, seminars and laboratories some of the most significant challenges that the technological innovation of digital networks imposes on our present time from the point of view of legal and social regulation.
EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING ABILITY
At the end of the training activity the student will be able to:
- understand and describe the impact on the social system and on the legal system of technological innovation related to digital communication networks.
- identify and describe the challenges that the technological innovation of networks poses to the processes of legal, social and political regulation;
- identify the main authors who have contributed to the study of the relationship between technological innovation of digital networks, legal regulation and social regulation.
2. APPLIED KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- reconstruct in an interdisciplinary and diachronic perspective the impact determined on the systems of social and legal regulation by the processes of technological innovation;
- summarize the main theoretical-scientific aspects of the relationship between technological innovation of networks, legal regulation and social regulation;
- define the limits and identify the critical points, in an interdisciplinary perspective, in the contemporary processes of legal and social regulation of technological innovation of networks.
3. JUDGMENT AUTONOMY
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- describe in an interdisciplinary socio-legal perspective the characteristics of technological innovation and its impact on the mechanisms of legal and social regulation
- identify and use interdisciplinary knowledge of the socio-legal field in analyzing the scenario defined by the introduction of digital technologies in the social system and in its processes of legal regulation;
- understand the connections between social dynamics and legal dynamics in the process of technological innovation of digital networks.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- use an interdisciplinary scientific vocabulary of the socio-legal field in oral presentation and writing;
- discuss concepts, situations and problems related to the relationship between technological innovation and legal-social regulation in an interdisciplinary perspective of the socio-legal field.
- work in a group, sharing and exchanging the knowledge acquired in the interdisciplinary socio-legal analysis of technological innovation.
5. LEARNING ABILITY
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- independently find and study new scientific orientations regarding the study and analysis of the relationship between technological innovation, legal regulation and social regulation.
- recover and study their interdisciplinary knowledge of the socio-legal field during their scientific maturation process and along their professional path.
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - SPANISH
MARIA DE JULIAN GARCIA
Second Semester
8
L-LIN/07
Learning objectives
This course has as a main objective acquiring an elementary level of Spanish language (A2 according to the CEFR) as well as a basic ability of translating from Italian language to Spanish and viceversa.
Together with this, students will be instructed not only about Spanish language and translation, but also they will be taught. about Spanish culture and lifestyle.
Lesson 1 - Course presentation and basic vocabulary.
Lesson 2 - Basic vocabulary II
Lesson 3 - Verbs introduction. "Presente de Indicativo"
Lesson 4 - Adjectives, nouns, pronouns and "acentuación".
Lesson 5 - Numbers - ordinal and cardinal ones. Common verbs and Vocabulary.
Lesson 6 - "Acentuación II" + Some irregularities in the present.
Lesson 7 - Introduction to translation and vocabulary: the house, the city, the family.
Lesson 8 - Verbs. Pretérito perfecto & Indefinido.
Lesson 9 - Physical descriptions, adverbs of frequency and "sobremesa" - the family.
Lesson 10 - Pretérito imperfecto + adjectives + possessive pronouns and demonstratives.
Lesson 11 - Prepositions + sobremesa - hobbies.
Lesson 12 - Futuro perfecto & conditional.
Lesson 13 - Legal language and translation.
Lesson 14 - Debate (introduction) and mock exam.
Lesson 15 - Debate.
Lesson 16 - Last review + Verbs + sobremesa.
Original:
Lezione 1 - Presentación, vocabulario básico
Lezione 2 - Vocabulario básico
Lezione 3 - Presente de Indicativo
Lezione 4 - Adjetivos, sustantivos, pronombres reflexivos y acentuación.
Lezione 5 - Números (+199), números ordinales, verbos de uso común & vocabulario
Lezione 6 - Acentuación (II) + Irregularidades del presente de indicativo
Lezione 7.- Introducción a la traducción y vocabulario: la casa, la ciudad y la familia.
Lezione 8 - Verbos. Pretérito perfecto & Pretérito indefinido.
Lezione 9 - Descripciones físicas, adverbios de frecuencia y sobremesa - familia.
Lezione 10 - Pretérito imperfecto+ adjectivo, pronombres posesivos y demostrativos.
Lezione 11.- Preposiciones (Lugar y tiempo) & sobremesa - aficiones.
Lezione 12.- Futuro perfecto y condicional simple.
Lezione 13.- Lenguaje jurídico y traducción.
Lezione 14 .- Debate y simulación de examen
Lezione 15.- Debate
Lezione 16.- último repaso - verbos & sobremesa
examMode
There will be three parts:
1) Written exam in which the students should show the understanding of a written. Moreover, this written part will have 5 questions in which the student should show a good understanding of Spanish language (A2 according to the CEFR) together with a good writing ability.
2) Translation: The student will be asked to translate a text (Ita-Spa or Spa-Ita) making use of all the methodologies learnt during the course.
3) Speaking part: Students are going to be asked a group of questions so that they show they are able not only of understanding Spanish language, but also use it as a tool for communicating with others.
books
All material will be found in Moodle platform.
mode
Mix-methodology with recorded lessons.
classRoomMode
Highly recommended, but not mandatory.
bibliography
All material will be found in Moodle platform.
LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - FRENCH
LINDA LA MANNA
Second Semester
8
L-LIN/04
Learning objectives
Academic year 2023-2024
Elementary level course from pre A1 to A2+ of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR) whose objective is the integrated and significant development of the different linguistic skills (oral and written comprehension, oral and written expression), in a communicative approach. Emphasis is placed on the teaching of lexical and grammatical contents, always trying to respond to the student's communicative and academic needs. Given the communicative orientation, the contents presented and the working methodology are based on the carrying out of usage activities, accompanied by the necessary processes of reflection on the language which facilitate the internalization and mastery of its different structures and units. Additionally, students will study elements of French culture.
The student must be able to:
- use the French language to interact with adequate communicative competence in daily and professional contexts, and have the ability to understand and reformulate texts written and oral reports appropriate to the required linguistic level;
- use the French language to produce simple texts relating to specific topics family or personal interest;
- analyze a text by understanding its main characteristics from the point of view of form and of the content.
First 8 units of the book: "Pas à Pas Version Légère" - Marie-Noelle Cocton, Luca Giachino, Carla Baracco.
Grammar:
les nombres; la formation du pluriel; les pronoms personnels sujets; les verbes être et avoir; la formation du féminin; les adjectifs possessifs; les trois formes de la phrase interrogative; Qu'est-ce que c'est?/ Qui est-ce?; C'est/ Il est; La phrase négative; les verbes aller et venir; il y a; les articles contractés; les verbes du II groupe; les pronoms personnels toniques; les verbes faire et lire; les verbes pronominaux; les pronoms personnels COD; les adjectifs démonstratifs; le pronom indéfini on; les adjectifs interrogatifs; les prépositions avec les noms géographiques; les verbes prendre et sortir; l'impératif; les articles partitifs; très et beaucoup (de)?; le pronom en; il faut; les verbes devoir, pouvoir, savoir, vouloir; les gallicismes; les pronoms personnels COI; le pronom y; la position des pronoms compléments; les nombres ordinaux; les verbes écrire et voir; la comparaison; le passé composé; les verbes en -cer et ger; les verbes en -yer; les verbes ouvrir et accueillir; l'imparfait, les pronoms relatifs qui et que, la question inversée, les adverbes de manière en -ment, les verbes boire et recevoir.
Communication:
Présenter et se présenter; demander et dire la date; les formules de politesse; demander des informations personnelles; décrire l'aspect physique et le caractère; demander et dire l'heure; parler de la famille, des goûts et des préférences; parler de la routine quotidienne; demander et dire le prix; faire des achats; inviter et répondre à une invitation; écrire un message amicale; parler au téléphone; demander et indiquer le chemin, demander des renseignements en ville; réserver une chambre d'hotel, acheter un billet, au restaurant: réserver, commander et commenter.
examMode
The exam includes a written test and an oral test on the same day. The written test (60 minutes) will take place in the morning and the oral exam in the afternoon.
books
"Pas à Pas Version légère", Marie- Noelle Cocton, Luca Giachino, Carla Baracco, Didier FLE, Zanichelli
mode
The lessons are available on moodle.
17914 - HISTORY OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
SANTE CRUCIANI
Second Semester
10
SPS/06
Learning objectives
17914. Teaching Title.
History of International Relations
Learning Objectives
Knowledge and ability to understand international dynamics from the end of the Great War to the present. Demonstrated critical approach and ability to sustain arguments on the major themes and turns in the history of international relations. Ability to gather and interpret information through print, audiovisual and online sources in order to strengthen personal reflection on the evolution of the international system. Ability to communicate paths of reconstruction and interpretation of the history of international relations to specialist and non-specialist interlocutors. Develop skills necessary to undertake further studies with a high degree of autonomy.
Starting from an introductory part on the origin, method and definitions of the discipline, the course traces the history of international relations from the end of the Great War to today. There are also two optional in-depth courses on the Presidents of the Republic and Italy's international role, from the Peace Treaty to the Maastricht Treaty (1947-1992), and David Maria Sassoli's Presidency of the European Parliament (2019-2022).
Introductory part
1. The history of international relations: origin, method and definitions 2. From diplomatic history to the history of international relations. 3. The history of international relations in the contemporary age.
General part. Topics, hairpin bends and interpretative categories :
1919 - 1929. The creation of a new international system in the aftermath of the First World War.
1929 - 1939. The failure of an international order: towards a new European war.
1939 - 1945. World War II: from European conflict to global confrontation.
1945 - 1956. The origins of the cold war and the birth of two opposing systems.
1945 - 1960. The emergence of a new world: independence, liberation movements, non-alignment.
1957 - 1969. The short season of a bipolar world: from the age of crisis to the premises of the "great relaxation".
1968 - 1980. The fracture of the 1970s: crisis in the West and awareness of the South of the world.
1979 - 1991. From the new cold war to the end of the East - West clash.
1992 - 2001. The illusion of a new international order.
2001 - 2019. From a multipolar world to a new international disorder?
Monographic part
It is possible to choose between the following in-depth courses:
Path A.
The Presidents of the Republic and Italy's International Role. From the Peace Treaty to the Maastricht Treaty (1947-1992)
Studies have highlighted the influence of the Presidents of the Republic on Italy's international policy. Interweaving the political-institutional history and international relations, on the basis of unpublished documentation from the Historical Archive of the Presidency of the Republic, the international dynamics of the post-World War II period, Italian foreign policy and the work of Presidents De Nicola, Einaudi, Gronchi, Segni, Saragat, Leone, Pertini and Cossiga are presented. In the coexistence of factors of continuity and openness, the high and uncertain moments of Italian foreign policy emerge in its the development of transatlantic relations, European integration, the East-West dialogue, the Mediterranean projection towards Africa and the Middle East. Particular attention is paid to the geopolitical revolution of 1989, between the end of the Cold War and the signing of the Maastricht Treaty. The institutional image of Presidents, trips abroad and visits to Italy by foreign Heads of State are also taken into consideration.
Path B.
David Sassoli, Wisdom and Boldness. Speeches for Italy and Europe, Preface by Sergio Mattarella, edited by Claudio Sardo, Feltrinelli, 2023
David Maria Sassoli (1956-2002) was elected President of the European Parliament from 2019 until the day of his death. After a long career in journalism that led him to anchor and deputy anchor of TG1 in 2009, he became an MEP for the Democratic Party. After his first term in office, in 2014, the assembly elected him Vice-President. Through the most significant speeches delivered during his presidency, we delve into the history of European integration, the themes of the Green Deal, digital transition, and a stronger and more democratic Europe in the international dynamics of today's world.
examMode
1. An intermediate verification is foreseen, which does not contribute to the final evaluation.
2. Learning is verified by an oral final examination.
3. The oral examination covers the general part and the monographic part of the course.
4. A thorough knowledge of both parts of the course is required to pass the examination.
5. Attending students may participate in laboratory activities that will supplement the final grade.
6. The timetable of the examinations is announced on the University portal.
books
Introductory part
E. Di Nolfo, Prima lezione di storia delle relazioni internazionali,
Laterza, Roma Bari, 2014 (2’ edizione), ISBN 9788842080831, pp. 156.
General part
A.Varsori, Storia internazionale. Dal 1919 a oggi,
il Mulino, Milano, 2020 (2’ edizione), ISBN 978881524853, pp. 509.
Monographic part
Path of study A
S.Cruciani, M. Ridolfi, A. Varsori (a cura di), I Presidenti della Repubblica e il ruolo internazionale dell'Italia. Dal Trattato di Pace al Trattato di Maastricht (1947-1992),
FrancoAngeli, Milano, 2022; ISBN 978-88-351-2120-6, pp. 243.
Path of study B
David Sassoli, La saggezza e l'audacia. Discorsi per l'Italia e per l'Europa, Prefazione di Sergio Mattarella, a cura di C. Sardo, Feltrinelli, Milano, 2023, ISBN 978-88-07-49348-5.
mode
1.Frontal lessons
2.Workshops with printed, audiovisual and online sources
3. Interdisciplinary seminars with scholars and external experts
classRoomMode
Not mandatory
16288 - INTERNATIONAL LAW
MATTEO BORDONI
Second Semester
8
IUS/13
Learning objectives
Educational objectives: I - KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING ABILITY At the end of the course, the student will be able to: 1) understand the peculiar characteristics of the international community and its law, understanding its evolution and the current situation; perceive the concrete shape of the relationships between States and the interaction of States with international institutions; 2) understand the birth and evolution of the subjects of international law; 3) understand and analyze the transformations of the sources of international law and use these acquisitions as a key to understanding the international system and the development of the dynamics of the system; 4) reconstruct and organize, also in the light of international jurisprudence, the dynamics and rules relating to the UN and other international organizations, with particular regard to their functions; 5) understand, also in the light of constitutional and supranational jurisprudence, the relationships that exist between the Italian system and the international and European Union systems and, consequently, between the respective sources of law; 6) understand the principles and skills in the resolution of international disputes; 7) understand the legal-economic dynamics of international trade and the World Trade Organization. II - ABILITY TO APPLY KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING At the end of the course, the student must be able to: 1) find, recognize and interpret an international legal text; 2) find and interpret a document of an international organization; 3) find and interpret a jurisprudential decision of the International Court of Justice, of the various international criminal courts, of the Court of Justice of the EU and of the European Court of Human Rights, as well as of the Italian judicial bodies; 4) understand a note or a commentary article in a legal journal or specialized website of international law. III - INDEPENDENCE OF JUDGMENT At the end of the course, the student must be able to analyze and reconstruct different and possibly alternative interpretative options in relation to an international legal text or a decision of an international court. IV - COMMUNICATION SKILLS At the end of the course, the student must be able to present the concepts referred to in point I. V - LEARNING SKILLS At the end of the course, the student must be able to independently find and learn international legislation and the jurisprudential orientations of international courts.
The course of “International Law” is divided into two parts (general part and special part).
The first part, of a general nature, addresses the study of the following topics:
- the definition, origin and distinctive features of international law, as well as the understanding of the peculiar profiles of legality and obligatory nature of the international legal system;
- the birth of the State and its characteristics of independence and sovereignty as a subject of international law, as well as the other subjects, real and presumed, of international law;
- the formation of international norms and the relationship between the different sources;
- general international law, custom, general principles of law, jus cogens and erga omnes obligations, as well as the related codification;
- international agreements and the law of treaties as codified in the Vienna Convention of 1969, with particular regard to the stipulation, interpretation, reservations, invalidity and extinction, as well as the succession of States in treaties; international organizations and their acts;
- the UN Charter, the UN bodies and acts, the use of force, the collective security system and peacekeeping and peace-enforcement operations;
- the implementation of international norms in state legal systems;
- international wrongdoing and liability for violation of international obligations;
- the peaceful resolution and prevention of international disputes.
The second part of the course, of a specialist nature, is dedicated to international trade:
– the actors of international trade; international economic organizations, non-governmental organizations and transnational companies;
– foreign investments;
– the resolution of disputes in international trade.
Seminars: during the course, seminars on current topics are sometimes held, including interdisciplinary ones, in collaboration with professors from other departments and inviting scholars and experts from other universities or institutions.
examMode
The exam is oral. Attending students will have the opportunity to participate in review and self-assessment sessions regarding critical skills, the use of technical language, and the acquisition of course concepts.
books
Benedetto Conforti, Massimo Iovane. Diritto internazionale. XII edizione 2023
Fabrizio Marrella. Diritto del commercio internazionale. Terza edizione. 2023:
Capitolo primo e secondo (pagg. da 2 a 180)
classRoomMode
Frequency is not mandatory
bibliography
Benedetto Conforti, Massimo Iovane. Diritto internazionale. XII edizione 2023
Fabrizio Marrella. Diritto del commercio internazionale. Terza edizione. 2023:
17917 - EUROPEAN INTEGRATION ECONOMY AND POLICY
ALESSANDRO SORRENTINOALESSANDRO SORRENTINO
Second Semester
6
AGR/01
Learning objectives
Dublin Descriptors
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
The course aims to provide basic theoretical and methodological knowledge in order to allow the student to understand independently on the basis of knowledge of the mechanisms of the market economy, the justifications, objectives, criteria and tools they have led the long and troubled process of European integration. This knowledge will be acquired mainly through lectures, the reading of targeted texts and participation in thematic in-depth seminars.
2. ABILITY TO APPLY KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
The student must be able to apply the methodological and theoretical knowledge acquired, thus acquiring the ability: a) to evaluate the assumptions of the policies implemented at the European level and; b) to formulate, on the basis of the incentive structure offered by the market and policies, innovative projects in processes and products. These specific skills will be developed above all through the examination of strategic documents, statistical data and the debate in the classroom.
3. AUTONOMY OF JUDGMENT
The autonomy of judgment will derive from the technical mastery of the tools, and from the understanding of the reasons that make different approaches bearer of different solutions in different contexts. This is built through lessons that encourage reasoned discussion with students and group work that stimulates discussion.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
The student should acquire the ability to expose and present the problems and topics covered by the course with mastery of language and adequate analytical skills. The exercises focused on critical reading and interpretation of official documents and statistical data will aim precisely at implementing this skill.
1) Recalls of international economics and economic policy (if and where necessary)
- Mechanisms of price formation in the open markets.
- Benefits of international trade.
- Macroeconomic equilibrium in the open market.
- Justifications for public intervention in the economy
2) Institutional and financial aspects of the European integration process.
- Institutional structure: actors and decision-making
- Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF) and EU Budget
3) The economics of European integration.
- Forms of economic integration: definitory aspects.
- Theories of economic integration (Customs Union, Single Market).
- Optimum currency areas and monetary integration in the EU.
- The path towards European integration: since the customs union to the single currency
4) The EU economic policy .
- The Common Agricultural Policy
- Regional and Cohesion policies
- Monetary policy and Stability and Growth Pact
examMode
The evaluation system will work on the basis of three tools:
• constant monitoring of the student's active participation throughout the course (weight: 30% for attending students, 0% for non-attending students);
• oral interview during which 2-3 macro-questions will be asked aimed at evaluating the candidate's ability to understand the costs and benefits of the various forms of economic integration and the role of the EU institutional structure from a theoretical and empirical point of view. common policies in accompanying these processes; particular attention in the evaluation will be given to the student's ability to grasp the links between the different points of the program weight: (60% for attending students, 90% for non-attending students).
• self evaluation aimed at understanding the student's ability to correctly assess his degree of preparation (weight 10%).
books
a) Textbook for students :
- Tutta la documentazione disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle
- Baldwin R., Wyplosz C., L’Economia dell’Unione Europea: storia, istituzioni, mercati e politiche, Hoepli Editore, Milano 2005 (Cap . da 4 a 9 e da 13 a 15); oppure Senior Nello S., Politica Economica nell'Unione Europea, Mc Graw Hill, Milano 2016 (Cap. 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15)
- Scoppola M. Appunti sulla teoria dell’integrazione economica, dispensa disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Sorrentino A., Lezioni su Bilancio dell’UE e sviluppo delle politiche comunitarie, slides disponibili sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Sorrentino A, De Simone E., Sviluppo, crisi e riforma della Politica Agricola Comunitaria, dispensa disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Commissione europea, Come funziona l’Unione Europea, Doc. europea, Bruxelles 2013; disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Commissione europea, Il bilancio dell’UE in sintesi, Doc. europea; Bruxelles 2015; disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- European Commission, The EU’s 2021-2027 long-term Budget and NextGenerationEU, Doc. europea, Luxenbourg 2021. Documento disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
Attendance, although optional, is strongly recommended
bibliography
Baldwin R., Wyplosz C., L’Economia dell’Unione Europea: storia, istituzioni, mercati e politiche, Hoepli Editore, Milano 2005 (Cap . da 4 a 9 e da 13 a 15); oppure Senior Nello S., Politica Economica nell'Unione Europea, Mc Graw Hill, Milano 2016 (Cap. 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15)
- Scoppola M. Appunti sulla teoria dell’integrazione economica, dispensa disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Sorrentino A., Lezioni su Bilancio dell’UE e sviluppo delle politiche comunitarie, slides disponibili sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Sorrentino A, De Simone E., Sviluppo, crisi e riforma della Politica Agricola Comunitaria, dispensa disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Commissione europea, Come funziona l’Unione Europea, Doc. europea, Bruxelles 2013; disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Commissione europea, Il bilancio dell’UE in sintesi, Doc. europea; Bruxelles 2015; disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- European Commission, The EU’s 2021-2027 long-term Budget and NextGenerationEU, Doc. europea, Luxenbourg 2021. Documento disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
1) Recalls of international economics and economic policy (if and where necessary)
- Mechanisms of price formation in the open markets.
- Benefits of international trade.
- Macroeconomic equilibrium in the open market.
- Justifications for public intervention in the economy
2) Institutional and financial aspects of the European integration process.
- Institutional structure: actors and decision-making
- Multiannual Financial Framework (MFF) and EU Budget
3) The economics of European integration.
- Forms of economic integration: definitory aspects.
- Theories of economic integration (Customs Union, Single Market).
- Optimum currency areas and monetary integration in the EU.
- The path towards European integration: since the customs union to the single currency
4) The EU economic policy .
- The Common Agricultural Policy
- Regional and Cohesion policies
- Monetary policy and Stability and Growth Pact
examMode
The evaluation system will work on the basis of three tools:
• constant monitoring of the student's active participation throughout the course (weight: 30% for attending students, 0% for non-attending students);
• oral interview during which 2-3 macro-questions will be asked aimed at evaluating the candidate's ability to understand the costs and benefits of the various forms of economic integration and the role of the EU institutional structure from a theoretical and empirical point of view. common policies in accompanying these processes; particular attention in the evaluation will be given to the student's ability to grasp the links between the different points of the program weight: (60% for attending students, 90% for non-attending students).
• self evaluation aimed at understanding the student's ability to correctly assess his degree of preparation (weight 10%).
books
a) Textbook for students :
- Tutta la documentazione disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle
- Baldwin R., Wyplosz C., L’Economia dell’Unione Europea: storia, istituzioni, mercati e politiche, Hoepli Editore, Milano 2005 (Cap . da 4 a 9 e da 13 a 15); oppure Senior Nello S., Politica Economica nell'Unione Europea, Mc Graw Hill, Milano 2016 (Cap. 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15)
- Scoppola M. Appunti sulla teoria dell’integrazione economica, dispensa disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Sorrentino A., Lezioni su Bilancio dell’UE e sviluppo delle politiche comunitarie, slides disponibili sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Sorrentino A, De Simone E., Sviluppo, crisi e riforma della Politica Agricola Comunitaria, dispensa disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Commissione europea, Come funziona l’Unione Europea, Doc. europea, Bruxelles 2013; disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Commissione europea, Il bilancio dell’UE in sintesi, Doc. europea; Bruxelles 2015; disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- European Commission, The EU’s 2021-2027 long-term Budget and NextGenerationEU, Doc. europea, Luxenbourg 2021. Documento disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
Attendance, although optional, is strongly recommended
bibliography
Baldwin R., Wyplosz C., L’Economia dell’Unione Europea: storia, istituzioni, mercati e politiche, Hoepli Editore, Milano 2005 (Cap . da 4 a 9 e da 13 a 15); oppure Senior Nello S., Politica Economica nell'Unione Europea, Mc Graw Hill, Milano 2016 (Cap. 1, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15)
- Scoppola M. Appunti sulla teoria dell’integrazione economica, dispensa disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Sorrentino A., Lezioni su Bilancio dell’UE e sviluppo delle politiche comunitarie, slides disponibili sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Sorrentino A, De Simone E., Sviluppo, crisi e riforma della Politica Agricola Comunitaria, dispensa disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Commissione europea, Come funziona l’Unione Europea, Doc. europea, Bruxelles 2013; disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- Commissione europea, Il bilancio dell’UE in sintesi, Doc. europea; Bruxelles 2015; disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
- European Commission, The EU’s 2021-2027 long-term Budget and NextGenerationEU, Doc. europea, Luxenbourg 2021. Documento disponibile sulla piattaforma Moodle.
16643 - INTERNSHIPS AND JOB TRAINING
Second Semester
2
120075 -
MARIA CRISTINA FOGGETTI
Second Semester
4
L-LIN/12
Learning objectives
The course is aimed at students with basic knowledge of English grammar and vocabulary and aims to consolidate these and develop pre-intermediate level linguistic and communicative skills and competences (level B1 in the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages - CEFR).
EXPECTED OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
- understand written texts of common use related to everyday life or work;
- understand the description of events, feelings and desires contained in personal letters;
- understand the main elements in clear speech in standard language on familiar topics;
- communicate in English routine activities that require a simple exchange of information on familiar and common topics, or concerning everyday life;
- describe, by connecting simple expressions, experiences and events, one's dreams, hopes and ambitions;
- briefly motivate and explain opinions and texts, including scientific ones;
- write simple and coherent texts on familiar topics or of personal interest;
- write short personal letters describing experiences and impressions and short stories based on input and/or directions.
Knowledge and understanding of the main institutions and essential notions of European Union law, in particular: knowledge and understanding of legal terminology; applying knowledge and understanding of the legal institutions studied during the course ; making judgment when solving questions relating to the functioning of the legal-institutional order of the European Union; communication and synthesis skills in the description of the legal order of the European Union and its functioning ; learning skills in the functioning and organization of the main EU legal institutions.
The programme covers all the main topics of European Union law. In particular, the programme covers the following topics: Introduction. Founding Treaties and subsequent revisions. EU institutional structure in the light of the Lisbon Treaty; Enlargment, recession, case of Brexit; EU values, rule of law, crisis of the rule of law in EU MS; Role of institutions in the formation of rules. EU international agreements. Primary and secondary legislation. Relationship between EU law and domestic law of member states: direct effect of EU rules; primacy of EU law; adaptation of domestic law to EU law. European citizenship. Evolution of the protection of fundamental human rights in the EU; Judicial protection. Review of legality, infringement procedure, preliminary reference.
examMode
The assessment is based on a written examination consisting of 22 multiple-choice questions and 2 open-ended questions. The final mark will be determined by the sum of the marks awarded to the answers provided by the students. In particular, each multiple-choice question will be awarded 1 point if the answer is correct, 0 points if the answer is incorrect. Each open-ended question will instead be assessed by awarding a maximum of 4 points to each answer.
books
G. Gaja, A. Adinolfi, Introduzione al diritto dell'Unione europea, Laterza, 2020.
Additional study materials (e.g. documents, scientific articles, sentences, Power Point slides, etc.) will be made available by the professor during the course and accessible via the Moodle platform.
classRoomMode
Non compulsory. In presence and online.
bibliography
G. Gaja, A. Adinolfi, Introduzione al diritto dell'Unione europea, 2020, Laterza.
Additional study materials (e.g. documents, scientific articles, sentences, Power Point slides, etc.) will be made available by the professor during the course and accessible via the Moodle platform.
MODULE II
-
-
-
-
LABOR ORGANIZATION
TOMMASO FEDERICI
8
SECS-P/10
Learning objectives
Knowledge and understanding:
• Students will acquire the basic knowledge and theoretical and methodological foundations for the management of human resources in complex organizational contexts, also considering the evolutions, in progress or forthcoming, introduced by the technological innovation.
Ability to apply knowledge and understanding:
• Students will be able to apply in real organizational contexts the acquired methodological and theoretical knowledge, also through the development of a group project in which they will be prompted to make decisions while drawing a plan for progressing the management practices of an organization of their choice. They will be acquainted with some technological tools dedicated to the various human resource management activities. They will also be introduced to the methods and problems of shortage identification and research and selection of staff.
Making judgements:
• The students will be asked to express their individual judgement in several moments: when evaluating the relations between the case proposed as in-class exercise and the topic during lectures, when discussing the examined cases and specific themes during classes, during the presentation of other groups' projects. Students are then expected, at the end of the course, to be able to read a case through a theory, and to evaluate the opportunity of using a tool or a solution in a certain context.
Communications Skills:
• During the course, the students will be involved in several communication activities: discussions within their team to explain and credit their individual point of view on group project, discussions in class on the aspects of each lecture’s topic, presenting in group the lecture’s topic (when assigned), and presenting their groupwork at the course’s end. This will give the students the possibility to acquire and understand key terms and concepts related to human resource management under different perspectives, to experience oral and written communication with their different styles, and to become familiar on how to present a specific topic and a final report clearly and pointing to the main interesting aspects.
Learning skills:
• This course will contribute to empower learners in being able to explore a context under several different perspectives and considering different possible solutions. Beyond the specific subject of this course, this should give them the ability to link together a mass of different hints and points-of-view, evaluate them and exploit the combined value.
Structure of the course:
The course, designed considering the curriculum in which is included, deals with the main aspects of the organizational studies and it is structured in three parts:
• The 1st part introduces some basic elements of organization theory: Organization and organizational environment, Stakeholders and managers, Organizational differentiation and balance problems, Principles of organizational design, Control and formalization, Specialization and different structures, Organizational culture, Change management
• The 2nd part is devoted to human resources, and strategies and practices to manage them: the role of the Human Resource Management unit, job analysis and design, recruitment and selection of staff, motivation and reward, performance management, staff training and development, remuneration and rewards management
• The 3rd part tackles under an organizational perspective the theme of labour relations: formal conflict management with the personal, collective and individual bargaining, labour relations, negotiating processes, also considering the big changes undergoing
examMode
For students who attend classes
The final grade will be composed by:
• Evaluation of the teamwork outcome, to assess the acquisition of knowledge on the topics and of skills to use the analysis and design tools examined during the course (80% of final grade)
• A brief individual discussion, based on the contents of the teamwork outcome, to ascertain the level of knowledge held by the individual student (20% of final grade)
Periodically, the level of learning achieved will be assessed, through the presentation of case studies related to the topic of each lesson, and the discussion of the progress of the group project, and feedback will be provided to students at the same time.
For students who do not attend classes:
• Oral test (in english) on the whole program
books
Foreign students - either attending or not - should study on:
• NOE R. et al., Human Resource Management, McGraw-Hill
• Lectures provided by the teacher (please ask)
mode
A methodology aimed at stimulating the active participation of students (flipped classroom) is adopted:
• Students will be encouraged to propose business cases to be examined, alongside those extracted from the textbook or proposed by the teacher
• The lessons will integrate analysis and discussion of business cases, discussions on relevant topics, use of movies
• Students, grouped in teams, will also have to identify an organization of their interest (in case also a start-up) on which to carry out a design process, assisted by the teacher, involving most aspects concerning the management of human resources dealt with during classes
During the course the teacher will provide on the Moodle page of the course materials and bibliographic references (integrative lectures, texts and web pages)
Attending students will profit of the adopted methodology, which is specifically designed to involve them
classRoomMode
Optional Attendance. It is strongly recommended to be present in the classroom during the lessons in order to take an active part and benefit from the exercises that will be carried out.
Class Hours: 48
bibliography
Per approfondimenti di specifici argomenti si suggeriscono:
• SENNET R., The Corrosion of Character: The Personal Consequences of Work in the New Capitalism, Norton, 1998
• JONES G. R., Organizational Theory, Design, and Change, Pearson, 2012
• MINTZBERG H., Structure in Fives: Designing Effective Organizations, Pearson, 1992
MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS
GILDA NICOLAI
8
M-STO/08
Learning objectives
The student will have basic knowledge and understanding of digital document formation, management and preservation. This objective will be achieved through the use of up-to-date textbooks, interdisciplinary seminars in which the student is directly involved, and through the discussion of some of the topics related to the most recent acquisitions in the field of document information systems management.
Expected Learning Outcomes (1)
1 - The course aims to provide students with a general understanding of the evolution of the document from the traditional analog to the digital context.
2 - The student will be introduced to the theme of new digital archives, analyzing technologically advanced records management systems that are based, at the organizational level, on a solid archival theory.
Expected Learning Outcomes (2)
3 - This type of study will enable the student to develop knowledge about: digital documents, digital signatures, collation, preservation of digital archives.
4 - The student will be able to communicate with ownership and with appropriate terminology, both orally and in written text, issues related to the management of digital documents, also through the methodological tools acquired he will be able to evaluate the different types of document management systems.
5 - In addition to the traditional didactics, the continuous solicitation of the student to intervene in the discussions during the frontal lessons and in the illustration of the case studies, represents the most appropriate way to achieve comprehension skills.
The teaching program includes the presentation and discussion of the following topics: definition and critical analysis of the main archival concepts in a digital environment, in-depth analysis of the
in-depth analysis of the archival, organizational and technological functional requirements for computerized records management and preservation, the function of international standards (ISO 15489, ISO 23081, ISO 16363) and European recommendations (MoReq), Analysis of the principles and tools for digital preservation and of the results of the main research projects in this field, Analysis of the Italian legislation on computerized records management and digital preservation.
examMode
-The profit examination consists of an oral test and a written paper.
-The level of knowledge acquired on the topics covered in the course, the ability of the candidate to critically apply this knowledge to problems and case studies addressed, as well as the effective clarity of exposure will be evaluated. The evaluation will be expressed in thirtieths, with possible honors. The minimum grade for passing the exam is eighteen thirtieths.
books
Texts adopted:
. Bonfiglio-Dosio, Primi passi nel mondo degli archivi, Cleup, 2023
S. Pigliapoco, Documentare archiviare conoscere. Formare e conservare la memoria nel contesto digitale, Civita editoriale, 2022
mode
The teacher will use:
(a) frontal lectures; (b) thematic in-depth studies proposed to the students (organization in small groups to discuss, analyze and report in the classroom the results achieved)
classRoomMode
Since case studies and group work will be analyzed in the classroom, attendance is strongly recommended. Students unable to attend the course on an ongoing basis may contact the instructor to arrange a specific exam schedule.
bibliography
Reference bibliography:
P. CARUCCI, M. GUERCIO, Manuale di Archivistica, nuova edizione, Carocci, 2021
S. PIGLIAPOCO, Progetto archivio digitale. Metodologia, sistemi, professionalità, Civita editoriale, 2016.
S. PIGLIAPOCO, Guida alla gestione informatica dei documenti, Civita editoriale, 2020
16285 - SOCIOLOGY OF POLITICAL PHENOMENA
LUCA MASSIDDA
Second Semester
8
SPS/11
Learning objectives
The course aims to analyze in depth the relationships between the social system and the political system. Through the analysis of the main concepts and theories of political sociology, students will acquire useful cognitive tools to interpret and operate professionally in complex socio-political systems. The expert knowledge acquired will enable students to understand the dynamics, power relations, structural and superstructural variables that act in the political context in which they will live and work.
EXPECTED LEARNING RESULTS
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- read and summarize scientific texts on political sociology;
- describe the main theoretical concepts and research methodologies proper to the political sociology;
- identify the main authors who have worked in the field of political social.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- collocate authors and theories of the political sociology in a line of temporal evolution;
- summarize the main theoretical and scientific aspects;
- define the limits of the discipline and identify its critical points.
3. MAKING JUDGMENTS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- describe in sociological terms the characteristics of the political scenario, its actors, its social structures, its agencies;
- identify and use sociological variables in the evaluation of a complex political scenario;
- understand the intrinsically social dimension of the process of consensus building and management of power and authority.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- use the scientific lexicon of the political sociology in oral exposure and writing;
- discuss in public concepts, theories and social situations of the political system and its articulations;;
- work in groups, sharing and exchanging the knowledge acquired in the field of political sociology.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- find and deepen independently the new scientific orientations regarding the political sociology;
- recover and deepen their socio-political knowledge during the course of their scientific maturation process and along their professional path.
The first part of the program will be aimed at studying the fundamental concepts of the discipline:
- How political sociology is born and what does it study
- The state, power and authority
- Socialization, participation and political recruitment
- Political communication and public opinion
- The ideology
- How societies change
We will then move on to an in-depth study of the main theories:
- The Weberian approach
- The Marxian approach
- Elitism
- The pluralist theory
- The functionalist structural approach
While in the last monographic part of the course will be analyzed the history of the electoral campaign, focusing on the relationship between leadership styles and the media system.
examMode
At the end of the course students will have to demonstrate that they have acquired and comprehended the main socio-political concepts and theories analyzed during the lessons, that they can individuate and interpret the contribution of the different authors and the scientific debate on the matter.
The final exam will be oral, according to art. 23 of the Regolamento Didattico di Ateneo (the University's Didactics Rule, art.23) and articulated on an average of 4 fundamental questions in order to assess student's: level of knowledge in relation to the contents of the course (superficial, appropriate, precise and complete, complete and thorough), the capability to apply theoretical concepts (errors in the application, average capability, good capability, solid capability), their analysis, synthesis and interdisciplinary connections' skills (sufficient, good, very good); their capabily to express a critical perspective and judgement (sufficient, good, very good), their capability to express themselves (poorly, simply, clearly and correctly, solidly and correctly).
Halfway through the course there will be a written test (votes won't be registered) in order to assess the level of knowledge acquired so far
books
- Michael Rush, Politica e società. Introduzione alla sociologia politica, Il Mulino, 1994
N.B. All chapters up to the entire FIFTH PART INCLUDED. The Sixth part can be omitted
The course will take place on a highly interactive basis through:
- Traditional frontal lessons
- Seminars
- Workshop
The teaching will be delivered in blended mode, simultaneously in presence and in streaming (unless otherwise provided for by the persistence of the health emergency).
Consistent with the training objectives, exercises are provided (aimed at preparing for the assessment tests, made available online even for non-attending students) and the lectures are carried out in a highly interactive way, discussing theories and cases, making space-time comparisons and, where possible, contextualizing the topics covered in conceptual and experiential areas corresponding to the generational characteristics of the attending students.
The last lessons of the course are held in the form of a summary of the theories, concepts and fundamental cases covered in the course.
Teaching language: Italian
Didactic support activities:
During the course of the course, based on any emerging need, clarification and in-depth meetings can be organized with the students.
During the course, seminars and conferences on specific topics relevant to teaching may be organized (independently or in collaboration with other public institutions and civil organizations).
classRoomMode
Attendance is not compulsory, but advisable for those who wish to participate in the workshop activities planned within the course.
bibliography
Almond, G.A., Verba, S. (1963), The Civic Culture: Political Attitudes and Democracy in Five Nations, Princeton, Princeton University Press.
Arendt, H (1951), Le origini del totalitarismo, Torino, Einaudi, 2009.
Bell, D. (1960), La fine dell'ideologia. Il declino delle idee politiche dagli anni Cinquanta ad oggi, Milano, Sugar Co, 1991.
Bobbio, N. (1992), Stato, Governo, Società, Torino, Einaudi.
Friedrich, C.J. (1954), a cura, Totalitarism, Cambridge, Harvard University Press.
Gallino, L. (2004), Dizionario di Sociologia, Torino, Utet.
Gramsci, A. (1929-35), Quaderni dal carcere, Torino, Einaudi, 2014.
Habermas, J. (1962), Storia e critica dell'opinione pubblica, Roma-Bari, Laterza, 2005
Lippmann, W. (1922), L'opinione pubblica. La democrazia, gli interessi, l'informazione organizzata, Roma, Donzelli, 2004
Lipset, S.M. e Rokkan, S. (1967), Party systems and Voter Alignments, Glencoe, Free Press.
Mannheim, K. (1929), Ideologia e utopia, Bologna, Il Mulino, 1999.
Marx, K., Engels, F. (1845-46), L'ideologia tedesca, Roma, Editori Riuniti, 2018.
Massidda, L. (2018), Post Politica. Morfologia di una campagna elettorale social, Roma-Milano, Franco Angeli.
Mazzoleni, G. (2004), La comunicazione politica, Bologna, Il Mulino.
Raniolo, F. (2002), La partecipazione politica, Bologna, Il Mulino.
Viviani, L. (2015), Sociologia dei partiti. Leader e organizzazioni politiche nelle società contemporanee, Roma, Carocci.
Weber, M. (1904-5), L'etica protestante e lo spirito del capitalismo, Milano, Bur, 1991
Weber, M. (1919), La politica come professione, Roma, Armando, 1997.
16287 - ADMINISTRATIVE LAW
MARIO SAVINOMARIO SAVINO
Second Semester
8
IUS/10
16640 - FINAL EXAM
Second Semester
6
18560 - POLITICA E PIANIFICAZIONE LINGUISTICA
LUCA LORENZETTICRISTINA MURU
Second Semester
8
L-LIN/01
Learning objectives
Knowledge and understanding
To become familiar with the notions of Language Policy and Planning.
To discuss the implementation of different language policies in Europe, Italy, and non-European contexts.
Applying knowledge and understanding
To understand the main issues related to the implementation of language policies.
To look at situations of the European context as consequences concerning the implementation of different language policies.
Making judgements
To interpret correctly and to discuss with proper argumentation European, Italian, and non-European situations of language policies strategies.
Learning skills
To acquire the proper terminology for discussing choices of language policy within Nations and States.
The course focuses on the theory of language policy and planning in Europe and outside Europe, with particular reference to Italy. In this regard, real-world situations in European and Italian contexts will be discussed, of which both the historical roots of language policy choices and the application of language planning are analyzed.
The course is divided into three parts.
The first section introduces the general language planning principles, terminology and history.
The second section discusses some exemplary cases of political events in Italian history in which the linguistic dimension has been significantly involved. Similar cases in the context of European and extra-European political history, up to present day, will be presented and discussed as well.
A final section will deal with the problems of nondiscriminatory language policies in administration.
By the end of the course, students will be able to understand and discuss the main issues involved in language policy manoeuvres and the complexity of factors involved in language planning decisions at local, national and international level.
Students will be guided to an in-depth reading of the topics and will be given the opportunity to develop their skills in the analysis and synthesis of theoretical and methodological issues.
examMode
The exam is an oral exam.
books
1) PIZZOLI L. (2018) La politica linguistica in Italia: dall’unificazione dello stato nazionale al dibattito sull’internazionalizzazione, Roma, Carocci
2) IANNACCARO G. - DELL'AQUILA V. (2004) La pianificazione linguistica. Lingue, società e istituzioni, Roma, Carocci
3) THORNTON A.M. (2022), Genere e igiene verbale: l’uso di forme con ə in italiano, Annali dell'Istituto Orientale di Napoli, 11 2022, pp. 11-54 (fornito in pdf dal docente)
4) THORNTON A.M. (2023), «Un mondo di uomini» e come cambiarlo, in M.E. Piemontese (a c. di), Il dovere costituzionale di farsi capire. A trent’anni dal Codice di stile, Roma, Carocci, pp. 212-236 (fornito in pdf dal docente).
mode
The course will mainly consists of face-to-face lessons. Students who enrolled through agreements providing for the possibility of distance learning are kindly requested to contact the teacher before the course starts.
classRoomMode
Attending the course is not mandatory.
bibliography
1) PIZZOLI L. (2018) La politica linguistica in Italia: dall’unificazione dello stato nazionale al dibattito sull’internazionalizzazione, Roma, Carocci
2) IANNACCARO G. - DELL'AQUILA V. (2004) La pianificazione linguistica. Lingue, società e istituzioni, Roma, Carocci
3) THORNTON A.M. (2022), Genere e igiene verbale: l’uso di forme con ə in italiano, Annali dell'Istituto Orientale di Napoli, 11 2022, pp. 11-54 (fornito in pdf dal docente)
4) THORNTON A.M. (2023), «Un mondo di uomini» e come cambiarlo, in M.E. Piemontese (a c. di), Il dovere costituzionale di farsi capire. A trent’anni dal Codice di stile, Roma, Carocci, pp. 212-236 (fornito in pdf dal docente).
The course focuses on examining planning theory and language policy in various European communities and jurisdictions, with particular reference to Italy. In this regard, real-world situations in European and Italian contexts are discussed, of which both the historical roots of language policy choices and the application of language planning maneuvers are analyzed.
The course is divided into three parts.
The first introduces students to the conceptual, terminological and historical foundations of language planning.
The second discusses some exemplary episodes of political events in Italian history in which the linguistic dimension was significantly involved, and then goes on to examine similar cases in the context of European and non-European political history.
A final section, with a monographic focus, will deal with the problems of non-discriminatory language policies in the administration.
By the end of the course, students will be able to understand and discuss the major issues involved in language policy maneuvering and the complexity of factors that go into language planning decisions at the local, national and international levels.
Students will be guided to the in-depth reading of the topics and will be given the opportunity to develop their own skills in analyzing and synthesizing theoretical and methodological issues.
examMode
The final evaluation is an oral exam.
books
1) PIZZOLI L. (2018) La politica linguistica in Italia: dall’unificazione dello stato nazionale al dibattito sull’internazionalizzazione, Roma, Carocci
2) IANNACCARO G. - DELL'AQUILA V. (2004) La pianificazione linguistica. Lingue, società e istituzioni, Roma, Carocci
3) THORNTON A.M. (2022), Genere e igiene verbale: l’uso di forme con ə in italiano, Annali dell'Istituto Orientale di Napoli, 11 2022, pp. 11-54 (fornito in pdf dal docente)
4) THORNTON A.M. (2023), «Un mondo di uomini» e come cambiarlo, in M.E. Piemontese (a c. di), Il dovere costituzionale di farsi capire. A trent’anni dal Codice di stile, Roma, Carocci, pp. 212-236 (fornito in pdf dal docente).
classRoomMode
Non-compulsory attendance.
bibliography
No specific one
CHOICE GROUPS
YEAR/SEMESTER
CFU
SSD
LANGUAGE
MODULE II
-
18
-
-
18106 - METHODOLOGY AND DIDACTICS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES I
STEFANO MENCARINI
First Year / First Semester
14
M-EDF/01
Learning objectives
Methods and teaching of motor activities 1.
The Course in Methods and teaching of motor activities 1 (MDAM 1) aims to:
- improve the basic motor skills/abilities of the attendee in both terrestrial and aquatic environments;
- provide basic skills to "plan and conduct gymnastic sports activities at the Departments of employment".
These goals are pursued through practical lessons and during which theoretical explanations are also given on what is being achieved.
Carrying out "field work" not only improves the resistance skills:
- aerobic;
- prolonged effort;
- muscular;
- maximum effort concentrated over time,
but allows the attendee to personally experience the level of difficulty/fatigue in carrying out the training to which he/she will subsequently have to subject the personnel assigned to him/her to be trained in the sector.
The course will be divided into the theoretical-practical treatment of the following topics:
- The militatre organisation and motor-sport activity;
- Motor learning and motor skills in the military context;
- The methods of motor and sports activity in the military context;
- The tools of motor and sports activity in the context.
examMode
Test aimed at theoretical-practical evaluation of learning
books
Naccari, A. G. (2003), Pedagogia della corporeità. Educazione, attività motoria e sport nel tempo, Morlacchi Editore.
Siedentop, D., & Van der Mars, H. (2022), Introduction to physical education, fitness, and sport, Human kinetics.
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
Naccari, A. G. (2003), Pedagogia della corporeità. Educazione, attività motoria e sport nel tempo, Morlacchi Editore.
Siedentop, D., & Van der Mars, H. (2022), Introduction to physical education, fitness, and sport, Human kinetics.
MODULE II
-
18
-
-
18107 - METHODOLOGY AND DIDACTICS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES II
STEFANO MENCARINI
Second Year / Second Semester
4
M-EDF/01
Learning objectives
Methods and teaching of motor activities 2.
The Course in Methods and teaching of motor activities 2 (MDAM 2) aims to:
- improve the basic motor skills/abilities of the attendee in both terrestrial and aquatic environments;
- confer to the greatest number of students the qualification of Physical Education Instructor (I.E.F.), necessary to "plan and conduct gymnastic sports activities in the Departments of employment".
These goals are pursued through the administration of practical and theoretical lessons.
Carrying out "field work" not only improves the resistance skills:
- aerobic;
- prolonged effort;
- muscular;
- maximum effort concentrated over time,
but allows the attendee to personally experience the level of difficulty/fatigue in carrying out the training to which he/she will subsequently have to subject the personnel assigned to him/her to be trained in the sector.
The part of the classroom lessons, aims at expanding the knowledge of the perfect combination of the fatigue generated by the execution of the exercises, what happens inside the human being and how to improve their interaction, specifically develops on three macro - topics:
- Anatomy and Physiology of the human body;
- Training Theory;
The course will be divided into the theoretical-practical treatment of the following topics:
- The militatre organisation and motor-sport activity;
- Motor learning and motor skills in the military context;
- The methods of motor and sports activity in the military context;
- The tools of motor and sports activity in the context.
examMode
Test aimed at theoretical-practical evaluation of learning
books
Naccari, A. G. (2003), Pedagogia della corporeità. Educazione, attività motoria e sport nel tempo, Morlacchi Editore.
Siedentop, D., & Van der Mars, H. (2022), Introduction to physical education, fitness, and sport, Human kinetics.
classRoomMode
Mandatory attendance
bibliography
Naccari, A. G. (2003), Pedagogia della corporeità. Educazione, attività motoria e sport nel tempo, Morlacchi Editore.
Siedentop, D., & Van der Mars, H. (2022), Introduction to physical education, fitness, and sport, Human kinetics.
MODULE II
-
7
-
-
120004 -
ALESSANDRO BOCCOLINI
Second Year / First Semester
7
M-STO/02
Learning objectives
The main objective of the course is to provide the appropriate tools to analyze and study the nature and specificities of political-diplomatic, social and cultural relations between Central-Eastern Europe and Continental Europe during the Modern Age.
“Case Studies” to highlight the major historiographical problems related to Central-Eastern Europe will consist of the History, fascinating and tragic, of Poland (or rather, of the Polish-Lithuanian Confederation), in its strategic role as Antemurale Christianitatis and in its diplomatic relations with the major European courts (Paris, Vienna and Rome). The topics will be addressed and explored in the classroom with the help of texts, essays and unpublished or rare archive documents (travel reports, diplomatic documents, mercantile documents, manuscript and/or printed notices specifically linked to the geopolitical area of analysis) that will be presented and discussed collectively.
The attending student will be invited to actively participate in the course through the drafting of short written theses, power-point presentations and guided discussions on topics established and scheduled by the teacher during the first lessons of the course.
Course Title: From the Kievian Rus' to the Present War
The speech by Putin on February 23, 2022, which started the military operations in Ukraine, showed the need for historical knowledge of the dynamics and events that have affected, and still act, Eastern Europe. The continuous references of the Russian president to a historical "union" between Russia and Ukraine (with specific moments) to justify the invasion raises the urgency to critically retrace the facts and events that have seen the two countries as protagonists. They will be inserted in a broader context capable of embracing the rest of the Slavic countries in their reciprocal relations, as in those they had with Continental Europe.
The course, therefore, traces the fascinating, sometimes glorious and tragic history of this part of the continent to offer a critical picture of the events that have characterized its history and influenced its present. Kyivan Rus' passing through for the Polish-Lithuanian Confederation and its disappearance from geographical maps until the rise of Tsarist Russia will be the pivotal moments in which the history of the Slavic countries will be framed.
The course is designed to provide a comprehensive understanding of the main events in the history of Central and Eastern Europe, with a focus on specific countries such as Poland, Lithuania, Ukraine, Belarus, and Russia. It also delves into the main historic-graphic interpretations these events have been subjected to. The course offers an analytical framework that covers Eastern Europe's significant political-constitutional, socio-cultural, and religious moments, placing the most representative events and figures within their chronological and geographical contexts.
examMode
At the end of the course, there will be an oral exam. A self-assessment and anonymous test is planned to test learning progress.
The student must demonstrate that he has understood the geopolitical dynamics that have affected Eastern Europe in the modern age through the case studies dealt with during the course. The test is passed if the student studies the proposed books and demonstrates critical thinking on the issues addressed during the course.
books
1. General Part:
Cenni Storico-geografici sull'Est d'Europa, Viterbo 2015 (collana "Quaderni del CESPoM/3) - Pdf scaricabile da Materiale Didattico
2. Monographic Part:
2.1. G. Cella, Storia e geopolitica della crisi ucraina. Dalla Rus' di Kiev ad oggi, Roma 2021. (Chapter 1-7)
2.2. G. Platania, Rzeczpospolita, Europa e Santa Sede tra intese e ostilità, Viterbo 2017.
2.3. A. Boccolini, Un lucchese al servizio della Santa Sede. Francesco Buonvisi nunzio a Colonia, Varsavia e Vienna, Viterbo 2018.
3. n. 3 articles to choose from and download in "Materiali didattici".
For Erasmus students who wish to follow the course:
1. Can take the Italian exam with the Italian program.
2. Opt for an English program (with an exam in Italian or English).
The teacher will provide the texts:
a) The Polish-Lithuanian Monarchy in European Context, c.1500–1795, Edited by Richard Butterwick, Palgrave 2001.
b) Wojciech Tygielski, Italians in early modern Poland: The lost opportunity for modernization ?, Lang Ed. Frankfurt am Main 2015.
Or other choice texts agreed with the Professor.
mode
Structure and contents of the main course:
The course will be articulated through lectures divided into:
a) The general part is dedicated to the history of Central and Eastern Europe and Poland.
b) monographic course;
c) readings and comments on unpublished and rare archival documents;
d) guided visits to documentary conservation bodies.
The main IT and communication tools will be used in the specific competence areas, ensuring that you are well-prepared and equipped for the course.
The attending student will be called to active participation through the writing of small written essays and the presentation in PowerPoint of topics established and scheduled by the teacher during the first lessons of the course.
During the course, seminars will be held in Italian and English with the participation of Central European scholars.
The teaching methods will include frontal lessons and discussion forums on arguments assigned by the teacher.
During the lessons, the traditional teaching method will be accompanied by audio-visual and web tools
Seminars are planned with Italian and foreign scholars, with lessons also in English.
An anonymous test will complete each module, providing a secure and fair evaluation of the class's level of understanding of the topics.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not mandatory.
Non-attending students can prepare for the exam based on the program and reference texts, or write an email to the teacher to agree on an individual teaching strategy.
bibliography
A fundamental bibliography will be provided by the Professor during the course.
18293 - ECONOMICS FOR PUBLIC SECTOR ENTERPRISES AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
ALESSANDRA STEFANONI
Second Year / First Semester
7
SECS-P/07
Learning objectives
The course aims to illustrate to the student the general characteristics of the “universal” company and the public administration. It is proposed, in particular, to identify the organizational and management logics of public administration, analyzing the main change processes that have involved the whole public administration in recent years.
Dublin Descriptors:
a) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: knowledge and understanding of the concept of "universal" company and public company.
b) APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: ability to apply the knowledge acquired and to understand and solve problems relating to the management and accounting and budget information system of companies and public administrations (with particular reference to local authorities).
c) MAKING JUDGEMENTS: ability to use the acquired knowledge on a conceptual and operational level with autonomous assessment skills and skills in the various application contexts.
d) COMMUNICATION SKILLS: acquire clear and effective communication skills, thanks to technical language typical of the discipline
e) LEARNING SKILLS: acquire adequate learning skills that allow you to independently address and deepen the main issues of the discipline. This ability will be developed through the active involvement of students through discussions in the classroom and exercises on specific topics related to the course.
The main topics are:
- The company: the reference framework, the characteristics of the universal company, the relationship between the company and the environment.
- Business management: conceptual definition and classifications, exchange relationships, economic and financial aspect of management, economic result and break even point.
- New Public Management
- Public Administrations: definition and conceptual framework, characteristic features of the PA, typical economic functions.
- The planning of public administrations: budgets, budget functions.
examMode
The level of knowledge acquired on the topics covered in the course, the candidate's ability to apply the basic logical and technical tools to investigate the structure and functioning of administrations and public companies from an business administration perspective as well as the effectiveness and clarity in the display.
books
For attending students, the exam program includes: slides and teaching material available on the moodle platform.
For non-attending students the following textbooks are recommended:
- Catturi G., Principi di Economia Aziendale, 2019, Cedam.
- Mussari R., Economia delle Amministrazioni Pubbliche, 2017, McGraw-Hill, Milano.
- Testo Unico degli Enti locali, ultima versione.
Curriculum «Investigazioni e Sicurezza» (SPRI) (7 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3.
Curriculum «Scienze Politiche» (SPRI) (8 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3-4 (fino al paragrafo 4.2.3 incluso).
mode
Lectures, exercises and seminars.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not compulsory but strongly encouraged.
bibliography
N. ANGIOLA, P. BIANCHI, G. MONGELLI, Migliorare la performance delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Aracne, Roma, 2016.
M. PAOLONI, F.G. GRANDIS, La dimensione aziendale delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Giappichelli, Torino, 2007.
C. POLLIT, G. BOUCKAERT, Public Management Reform: A Comparative Analysis, Oxford University press, USA; 2 edition, 2004
The main topics are:
- The company: the reference framework, the characteristics of the universal company, the relationship between the company and the environment.
- Business management: conceptual definition and classifications, exchange relationships, economic and financial aspect of management, economic result and break even point.
- New Public Management
- Public Administrations: definition and conceptual framework, characteristic features of the PA, typical economic functions.
- The planning of public administrations: budgets, budget functions.
examMode
The level of knowledge acquired on the topics covered in the course, the candidate's ability to apply the basic logical and technical tools to investigate the structure and functioning of administrations and public companies from an business administration perspective as well as the effectiveness and clarity in the display.
books
For attending students, the exam program includes: slides and teaching material available on the moodle platform.
For non-attending students the following textbooks are recommended:
- Catturi G., Principi di Economia Aziendale, 2019, Cedam.
- Mussari R., Economia delle Amministrazioni Pubbliche, 2017, McGraw-Hill, Milano.
- Testo Unico degli Enti locali, ultima versione.
- Curriculum «Investigazioni e Sicurezza» (SPRI) (7 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3.
- Curriculum «Scienze Politiche» (SPRI) (8 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3-4 (fino al paragrafo 4.2.3 incluso).
mode
Lectures, exercises and seminars.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not compulsory but strongly encouraged.
bibliography
N. ANGIOLA, P. BIANCHI, G. MONGELLI, Migliorare la performance delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Aracne, Roma, 2016.
M. PAOLONI, F.G. GRANDIS, La dimensione aziendale delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Giappichelli, Torino, 2007.
C. POLLIT, G. BOUCKAERT, Public Management Reform: A Comparative Analysis, Oxford University press, USA; 2 edition, 2004
MODULE II
-
8
-
-
16277 - LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - SPANISH
MARIA DE JULIAN GARCIA
Second Year / Second Semester
8
L-LIN/07
Learning objectives
This course has as a main objective acquiring an elementary level of Spanish language (A2 according to the CEFR) as well as a basic ability of translating from Italian language to Spanish and viceversa.
Together with this, students will be instructed not only about Spanish language and translation, but also they will be taught. about Spanish culture and lifestyle.
Lesson 1 - Course presentation and basic vocabulary.
Lesson 2 - Basic vocabulary II
Lesson 3 - Verbs introduction. "Presente de Indicativo"
Lesson 4 - Adjectives, nouns, pronouns and "acentuación".
Lesson 5 - Numbers - ordinal and cardinal ones. Common verbs and Vocabulary.
Lesson 6 - "Acentuación II" + Some irregularities in the present.
Lesson 7 - Introduction to translation and vocabulary: the house, the city, the family.
Lesson 8 - Verbs. Pretérito perfecto & Indefinido.
Lesson 9 - Physical descriptions, adverbs of frequency and "sobremesa" - the family.
Lesson 10 - Pretérito imperfecto + adjectives + possessive pronouns and demonstratives.
Lesson 11 - Prepositions + sobremesa - hobbies.
Lesson 12 - Futuro perfecto & conditional.
Lesson 13 - Legal language and translation.
Lesson 14 - Debate (introduction) and mock exam.
Lesson 15 - Debate.
Lesson 16 - Last review + Verbs + sobremesa.
Original:
Lezione 1 - Presentación, vocabulario básico
Lezione 2 - Vocabulario básico
Lezione 3 - Presente de Indicativo
Lezione 4 - Adjetivos, sustantivos, pronombres reflexivos y acentuación.
Lezione 5 - Números (+199), números ordinales, verbos de uso común & vocabulario
Lezione 6 - Acentuación (II) + Irregularidades del presente de indicativo
Lezione 7.- Introducción a la traducción y vocabulario: la casa, la ciudad y la familia.
Lezione 8 - Verbos. Pretérito perfecto & Pretérito indefinido.
Lezione 9 - Descripciones físicas, adverbios de frecuencia y sobremesa - familia.
Lezione 10 - Pretérito imperfecto+ adjectivo, pronombres posesivos y demostrativos.
Lezione 11.- Preposiciones (Lugar y tiempo) & sobremesa - aficiones.
Lezione 12.- Futuro perfecto y condicional simple.
Lezione 13.- Lenguaje jurídico y traducción.
Lezione 14 .- Debate y simulación de examen
Lezione 15.- Debate
Lezione 16.- último repaso - verbos & sobremesa
examMode
There will be three parts:
1) Written exam in which the students should show the understanding of a written. Moreover, this written part will have 5 questions in which the student should show a good understanding of Spanish language (A2 according to the CEFR) together with a good writing ability.
2) Translation: The student will be asked to translate a text (Ita-Spa or Spa-Ita) making use of all the methodologies learnt during the course.
3) Speaking part: Students are going to be asked a group of questions so that they show they are able not only of understanding Spanish language, but also use it as a tool for communicating with others.
books
All material will be found in Moodle platform.
mode
Mix-methodology with recorded lessons.
classRoomMode
Highly recommended, but not mandatory.
bibliography
All material will be found in Moodle platform.
16276 - LANGUAGE AND TRANSLATION - FRENCH
LINDA LA MANNA
Second Year / Second Semester
8
L-LIN/04
Learning objectives
Academic year 2023-2024
Elementary level course from pre A1 to A2+ of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (CEFR) whose objective is the integrated and significant development of the different linguistic skills (oral and written comprehension, oral and written expression), in a communicative approach. Emphasis is placed on the teaching of lexical and grammatical contents, always trying to respond to the student's communicative and academic needs. Given the communicative orientation, the contents presented and the working methodology are based on the carrying out of usage activities, accompanied by the necessary processes of reflection on the language which facilitate the internalization and mastery of its different structures and units. Additionally, students will study elements of French culture.
The student must be able to:
- use the French language to interact with adequate communicative competence in daily and professional contexts, and have the ability to understand and reformulate texts written and oral reports appropriate to the required linguistic level;
- use the French language to produce simple texts relating to specific topics family or personal interest;
- analyze a text by understanding its main characteristics from the point of view of form and of the content.
First 8 units of the book: "Pas à Pas Version Légère" - Marie-Noelle Cocton, Luca Giachino, Carla Baracco.
Grammar:
les nombres; la formation du pluriel; les pronoms personnels sujets; les verbes être et avoir; la formation du féminin; les adjectifs possessifs; les trois formes de la phrase interrogative; Qu'est-ce que c'est?/ Qui est-ce?; C'est/ Il est; La phrase négative; les verbes aller et venir; il y a; les articles contractés; les verbes du II groupe; les pronoms personnels toniques; les verbes faire et lire; les verbes pronominaux; les pronoms personnels COD; les adjectifs démonstratifs; le pronom indéfini on; les adjectifs interrogatifs; les prépositions avec les noms géographiques; les verbes prendre et sortir; l'impératif; les articles partitifs; très et beaucoup (de)?; le pronom en; il faut; les verbes devoir, pouvoir, savoir, vouloir; les gallicismes; les pronoms personnels COI; le pronom y; la position des pronoms compléments; les nombres ordinaux; les verbes écrire et voir; la comparaison; le passé composé; les verbes en -cer et ger; les verbes en -yer; les verbes ouvrir et accueillir; l'imparfait, les pronoms relatifs qui et que, la question inversée, les adverbes de manière en -ment, les verbes boire et recevoir.
Communication:
Présenter et se présenter; demander et dire la date; les formules de politesse; demander des informations personnelles; décrire l'aspect physique et le caractère; demander et dire l'heure; parler de la famille, des goûts et des préférences; parler de la routine quotidienne; demander et dire le prix; faire des achats; inviter et répondre à une invitation; écrire un message amicale; parler au téléphone; demander et indiquer le chemin, demander des renseignements en ville; réserver une chambre d'hotel, acheter un billet, au restaurant: réserver, commander et commenter.
examMode
The exam includes a written test and an oral test on the same day. The written test (60 minutes) will take place in the morning and the oral exam in the afternoon.
books
"Pas à Pas Version légère", Marie- Noelle Cocton, Luca Giachino, Carla Baracco, Didier FLE, Zanichelli
mode
The lessons are available on moodle.
MODULE II
-
8
-
-
17580 - JUDICIAL POLICY TECHNIQUES AND ACTIVITIES
MONIA MORELLI
Second Year / Second Semester
4
IUS/16
Learning objectives
The goal of teaching is to transmit basic theoretical knowledge and practical skills in criminal police officers’ activity and in crime fighting techniques. The further goal is a deep understanding of the operational methodology and the know-how on the organization and management of modern detection and security strategies.
Lessons will be held also online and distance learning (Moodle) too. Links will be available a day before. Listening is a plus.
Topics to study:
Chapter I - The fantastic world of investigations
Chapter II - Life of detection
Chapter III - Judicial Police, pages 54 - 154
Chapter IV - pages 175 - 260
Chapter V - The entire chapter with particular regard to:
- the examination of the '' crime scene '':
- CED - SDI database
- About seizures, only the Evidential one.
examMode
Oral examination on topics about criminal police officers’ activity and crime fighting techniques.
The exam grade will be awarded on the basis of:
- the level of knowledge of the contents;
- the ability to apply theoretical concepts;
- the capacity for analysis, synthesis and interdisciplinary connections;
- the ability to criticize and formulate judgments;
- of the mastery of expression.
books
The textbook adopted is: "Operational practical guide to investigations", CEDAM 2023, IV edition, authors V. Cianchella A. Madeo.
Attending lessons is not mandatory but strongly recommended.
17581 - FORENSIC BALLISTICS
MARTINO FARNETI
Second Year / Second Semester
4
IUS/16
Learning objectives
Educational objectives:
Students who choose the curriculum focused on the themes of investigation and security, aimed at the study of legal, technical - investigative - scientific and forensic sciences, as well as analysis of the crime scene, will be able to acquire the factual and procedural knowledge fundamental to operate in the fields technical - professional regarding the methods to support the Judicial Police and the Judicial Authorities in the prevention and repression of crimes.
Expected learning outcomes:
The purpose of the study of the subject of forensic ballistics is to provide the student with that knowledge and understanding of investigative activities through the analysis of concrete cases and then establish which tools to suggest to the prosecution, in the figure of the Public Prosecutor or to the defense in the figure of the lawyer who defends the accused, an activity that will then materialize in the hearing, providing the "certified evidence" fundamental data for the judge to be able to issue a just sentence. The ability therefore to understand, with a practical but reasoned cut, in an area of different possibilities for solving the problem.
Law no. 397 of 2000 on defensive investigations recognizes the right of the parties to "defend themselves by trying", thus benefiting from the work of "technical consultants"; what until then was reserved for the Public Prosecutor is now also devolved to the private sector and therefore to the "Defense".
The course of study initially sees the acquisition of knowledge of the ballistic elements, weapons, ammunition, cartridge cases, bullets that can be found at the crime scene. The dynamics of internal, external and terminal ballistics will then be examined in order to better understand what can be found in the crime scene. Everything must then be evaluation material to establish the best path to reach the "certified scientific evidence" to be presented to the Judge as part of the trial.
In the final part of the course the student will have the opportunity to carry out one or more practical activities in the technical-scientific-investigative field which will result in the drafting of a technical report to be presented, if necessary, at the time of the exam.
Program:
The study program includes the examination of the following topics:
the presentation of the matter of "forensic ballista" and the importance of the latter in the criminal trial under Law 397 of 2000;
hints of general ballistics in order to know the weapons, ammunition, cartridge cases, bullets, explosive devices and pointed and edged weapons and the results they produce and which can be found at the crime scene;
the residues of the shot, sampling techniques, pollution and evaluation of the analyzes carried out by the scanning electron microscope (SEM-EDX);
what is meant by "certified scientific evidence" in the field of forensic ballistics analysis and reconstruction of the crime scene;
the technical advice and expertise requested by the Public Prosecutor and the Judge respectively, legal and technical aspects;
the reconstruction of the crime scene using the new 3D system and aerial shots taken with the drone;
the testimony under discussion in the context of defensive investigations; the figure of the Technical Consultant and the Expert, tasks and responsibilities.
the new technical - investigative equipment and its use in a modern laboratory of forensic ballistics and crime scene analysis.
examMode
Profit evaluation:
Exam with oral interview on the program carried out and reasoning on the real cases examined.
Ongoing test:
Questions to students in the middle of the course.
books
Recommended texts:
Forensic ballistics - crime scene analysis and reconstruction - is a new subject that arouses much interest, today more than ever, in compliance with Law no. 397 of 2000 on defensive investigations.
The bibliography on this specific subject is very lacking and above all non-specific, consequently for a good preparation in order to take the exam it is suggested to stick to the textbook "Balistica Forense" Martino Farneti and Valerio Orlandi Edizioni EGAF
ISBN 978-88-352-1290-4 www. egaf.it
Shooting training and safety rules in the handling of weapons - Notes by Sandro Bruni. (available digitized copy provided by the teacher)
For the purpose of further in-depth analysis, which is continuously updated, it is suggested to access the balisticaforense.com site in the "courses" "teaching material" section where, after registering as a student of the University of Tuscia, with your own password, you can access the bibliographic and technical material science contained therein.
mode
In a classroom of the University, indicated by the Didactic Direction,(Classroom n. 3) in the headquarters in via Santa Maria in Gradi.
"Based on any public health protection needs, the course teaching can be delivered remotely, in mixed form or totally through full use of e-learning platforms and tools"
classRoomMode
Not mandatory
MODULE II
-
10
-
-
17814 - CRIMINOLOGY
FRANCESCA DE RINALDIS
Third Year / First Semester
3
IUS/17
Learning objectives
Criminology appears today as a complex science in that it is both theoretical and practical, in that it aims to limit the social damages of crime. It includes the criminal sciences that study crime from various points of view, not only from that of the perpetrator of the crime but also from that of the victim, and integrates many human sciences into its own activity (sociology, forensic medicine, psychology, statistics , biology, ballistics, physics, information technology, etc.).
In fact, since the beginning of scientific Criminology, almost all the main authors have ventured into the difficult task of creating a descriptive system that would allow the classification, diagnosis and, if possible, a prognostic and therapeutic indication of the various forms of criminal conduct.
To better understand modern criminology, one cannot ignore the historical roots of the same discipline and the knowledge of its evolution over time in correspondence with the evolution of society and its criminal and criminal manifestations. The concept of Criminology is in fact, still in the evolutionary stage today. The study approach that we tend to favor today is to look at the criminal fact as determined by a pluralism of interacting factors, given precisely by the integration and interaction of social, anthropological, psychological, legal, medical-biological factors, educational and environmental.
TRAINING OBJECTIVES:
- acquisition by the students of the historical, theoretical and legal foundations of the discipline;
- knowledge of the main areas of applicability of Criminology;
- knowledge of the roles and skills of a criminologist to support investigative activity and the design of security and crime prevention strategies in response to the needs of contemporary society;
- development of skills that favor the reading and application of criminological science in a multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary sense in the vast context of Forensic Sciences.
the lessons take place in room 6 of the Santa Maria in Gradi complex, for a total of 18 hours, divided into 6 meetings lasting 3 hours each.
The lessons are structured as follows:
INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINOLOGY DEFINITION OF CRIMINOLOGY, OBJECT OF STUDY - ROLES AND SKILLS OF THE CRIMINOLOGIST - ORIGINS OF CRIMINOLOGICAL THOUGHT - THE PRINCIPLES OF INVESTIGATIVE ANALYSIS
THE CRIMINOLOGIST AS SUPPORT TO INVESTIGATIVE ACTIVITY - THE SYSTEM OF DEFENSIVE INVESTIGATIONS - REFERENCE TO APPLICATION CASES
VICTIMOLOGY - ORIGINS, APPLICATIONS, EVOLUTIONS - VICTIMOLOGY AS A SUPPORT TO INVESTIGATIVE ACTIVITY - PSYCHOLOGICAL AUTOPSY AND ITS APPLICATIONS TO THE DIFFERENTIAL ANALYSIS OF HOMICIDE-SUICIDE
ANALYSIS OF CRIMINAL BEHAVIOR - ASSESSMENT OF CRIMINAL BEHAVIOR: THE ABILITY TO UNDERSTAND AND WANT SOCIAL DANGER AND THE ABILITY TO SUE IN JUDGMENT - THE SYSTEM OF SECURITY MEASURES AND THE EXPERT CRIMINOLOGIST EX ART.80
CRIMES AGAINST PERSONS - FEMALE CRIMES - CRIMES IN THE FAMILY (MISTREATMENT - ABUSE - MURDER) - SEX OFFENDERS
SERIAL CRIMES, SERIAL KILLERS AND THEIR INVESTIGATION - CRIMINAL PROFILING
examMode
the exam will take place through an oral interview on the topics related to the educational program
books
handouts will be provided by the Teacher for the study of the subject, relating to the discussion of the thematic areas addressed in the lessons;
the teacher's handouts are sufficient to prepare for the exam;
Together with the handouts, the Teacher will recommend in-depth texts (optional)
mode
classroom lessons with the support of slides and videos;
- case reports;
- practical-experiential approach through the analysis of case studies;
classRoomMode
attendance in the classroom on Thursdays from 9am to 12pm.
possibility to follow online via link on the zoom platform
recorded lessons present on the Moodle platform
bibliography
BALDRY, A. C. (2006). Dai maltrattamenti all’omicidio. La valutazione del rischio di recidiva e dell’uxoricidio, Centro Scientifico Editore: Torino.
BRAMANTE, A. (2005). Fare e disfare…dall’amore alla distruttività. Il Figlicidio materno. Roma: Aracne Editore
BRAMANTE, A. (2021) Mamme che uccidono. Necessità di capire e responsabilità di prevenire. Celid
BRUNO F. (2005) L’impronta del mostro. Storie, identità e perché dei Serial Killer, Il Minotauro
BRONDONI C., Sembrava un incidente. Staging sulla scena del crimine, Aras Edizioni 2018
CANTER D., ALISON L., (2004), Il profilo psicologico. L’indagine investigativa fra teoria e prassi, Carocci Editore, Roma;
CASALE A., DE PASQUALI P., LEMBO M.S., (a cura di) La Perizia Psichiatrica nel processo penale. Aspetti giuridici e psicopatologico forensi, Maggioli Editore
CAVALLONE, A. (2008). La sindrome di Medea: cosa spinge una madre ad uccidere il proprio figlio. Psychofenia, Vol. 11 (18)
COSTANZO S., “Famiglie di sangue. Analisi dei reati in famiglia.”, Milano, Franco Angeli, 2008;
DE PASQUALE P., La Sindrome di Munchausen per procura. Analisi criminologica di madri abusanti e bambini abusati. SEU, 2021
DE PASQUALI P., “Figli che uccidono”, Rubettino Editore, Soveria Mannelli (CZ), 2002;
DE PASQUALI P., (2001), Serial Killer in Italia, Franco Angeli, Milano;
DE PASQUALI P., (2015) Vite crudeli. Storie di serial killer italiani, Castelvecchi
DE PASQUALI P., Criminologia transculturale ed Etnopsichiatria Forense. Terrorismo, immigrazione e reati culturalmente motivati, Alpes
DOUGLAS J.E., BURGES A.W., BURGES A.G., RESSLER R.K. (traduzione italiana a cura di PICOZZI M.), Crime Classification Manual – Un sistema standardizzato per indagare e classificare i crimini violenti, Edi-ermes 2016
FORNARI U., (2004), Trattato di Psichiatria Forense, UTET, Torino;
FORNARI U., PONTI G., Il fascino del male. Crimini e responsabilità nelle storie di vita di tre serial killer, Raffaello Cortina Editore
DI BELLO,G., MERIGNOLO, P. (1977). Il rifiuto della maternità. L’infanticidio in Italia dall’Ottocento ai giorni nostri. Pisa:Edizioni ETS
DI BLASIO, M., P., (2016). L’infanticidio nella legislazione penale: uno sguardo al passato per capire il presente. Giurisprudenza Penale, Vol. 3,2-17
MERZAGORA BETSOS I. “I demoni del focolare. Madri e mogli che uccidono”, Centro Scientifico Editore, 2003;
MERZAGORA BETSOS I. (2009). Uomini violenti, i partner abusanti e il loro trattamento, Raffaello Cortina Editore: Milano.
NIVOLI G. (2002). Medea tra noi. Le Madri che uccidono. Editore Carocci
PANNITTERI A., “Madri assassine. Diario da Castiglione delle Stiviere”, Roma, Gaffi Editore in Roma, 2006.
PONTI, G. MERZAGORA BETSOS, I. (2014). Compendio di Crimonologia. Raffaello Cortina: Milano.
PONTI G. FORNARI U, “Il fascino del male”, Raffaello Cortina Editore, Milano, 1995;
HIROGOYEN, M.F. (2004). Sottomesse. La violenza sulle donne nella coppia. Einaudi: Pisa.
VOLTERRA V., (a cura di) Psichiatria Forense, Criminologia ed etica psichiatrica, Masson
WALKER, L. E. (2007). The Battered Woman Syndrome, 3rd ed., Springer:New York.
GULOTTA G.,MERZAGORA BETSOS I. e coll., (2005), L’omicidio e la sua investigazione, Giuffrè, Milano;
HOLMES R.M., HOLMES S.T., Omicidi Seriali. Le nuove frontiere della conoscenza e dell’intervento, Centro Scientifico Editore
Mc DERMIT V., (traduttore F. Rende) Anatomia del crimine. Storie e segreti delle scienze forensi, Codice – Le Scienze 2016
MADEO A., CIANCHELLA V., (2018) Guida pratica operativa alle investigazioni, Wolters Kluwer
MAROTTA G., Criminologia. Storie, teorie, metodi, CEDAM 2017;
PICOZZI M., ZAPPALA’ A., Criminal profiling. Dall’analisi della scena del crimine al profilo psicologico del criminale, McGraw-Hill
PICOZZI M., INTINI A., Scienze Forensi. Teoria e prassi dell’Investigazione Scientifica, Utet Giuridica 2009
PONTI G., MERZAGORA BETSOS I. (2008), Compendio di Criminologia – V edizione, Raffaello Cortina Editore
ROSSI L., L' analisi investigativa nella psicologia criminale. Vittimologia: aspetti teorici e casi pratici, Giuffrè Editore 2005
RUSSO F., Manuale di criminal profiling. Teorie e tecniche per tracciare il profilo psicologico degli autori di crimini violenti, Celid
Barlati, S., Spagnolo, M., (2011), La psicologia investigativa e lo studio della relazione tra la vittima e l’autore di reato, in “Crimen et Delictum - International Journal of Criminological and Investigative Sciences”, vol.2, pp. 84-131
Bonicatto, B., Garcìa Pèrez, T., Rojas Lòpez, R., (2006), L’autopsia psicologica: l’indagine nei casi di morte violenta o dubbia, Milano, Franco Angeli
De Leo, G., Biscione, M.C., (2006), L’autopsia psicologica della vittima di crimini violenti, in De Leo, G., Patrizi, P., Lo psicologo criminologo, Milano, Giuffrè Editore
De Leo, G., Scali, M., Cuzzocrea, V., Giannini, M., Lepri, G. L., (2000), Psicologia investigativa: una nuova sfida della psicologia giuridica, in “Rassegna italiana di criminologia”, n.3, pp. 367-386
Gullotta, G., Vagaggini, M., (1981), Dalla parte della vittima, Milano, Giuffrè Editore
Monzani, M., (2013) Il sopralluogo psico-criminologico, Milano, Giuffrè Editore
Volpini, L., (2012), Dal criminal profiling all’autopsia psicologica della vittima, in “Linguæ & - Rivista di lingue e culture moderne”, vol. 11, n. 1-2, pp. 157-169
17582 - LEGAL MEDICINE
STEFANIA DE SIMONE
Third Year / Second Semester
4
MED/43
17583 - FORENSIC GENETICS
GLORIA PESSINA
Third Year / Second Semester
3
BIO/13
MODULE II
-
18
-
-
119687 -
ANDREA DI STASIO
First Year / Second Semester
6
SPS/07
Learning objectives
The objective of the course is to provide the tools to understand the birth, role and functioning of security institutions and organisations: through lectures the participation of students will be stimulated, to increase their analytical capacity with respect to this type of institutions and organizations, which play an increasingly important role in the contemporary age.
The first part of the course will be dedicated to the foundations of International Relations, to Security Studies with particular focus to contemporary challenges and the future of International Relations.
The second part of the course will be dedicated to deepening the Security organizations in their institutional structure, in the functions performed and in the impact on the politics of the Member States. In addition, the United Nations will be analyzed in depth, with its related peace operations, the European Union in its emerging role in the field of collective Security and NATO.
examMode
The examination takes place in the manner provided for by art. 24 of the University Didactic Regulations (RDA 2014) in written form, with the possibility of taking the oral to change the mark of the written exam, which must in any case be sufficient (at least 18/30) to book for the oral. For attending students only, it is possible to replace the written test with the drafting of a paper on the topics of the course, to be agreed with the teacher and delivered at least one week before the date of the session. The test focuses on the main topics included in the course program, in order to ascertain not only the level of knowledge of the contents, but also the ability to synthesize and analyze. The attribution of the final grade will also take into account the mastery of expression and the correct use of the specific terminology of the disciplinary sector.
books
Required reading list:
1. J. Grieco, G.J. Ikenberry, M. Mastanduno (a cura di E. Parsi), Introduzione alle relazioni internazionali. Domande fondamentali e prospettive contemporanee, UTET Universitaria, Milano 2017, ISBN 9788860084897: from pag. IX to pag. 85; from pag. 171 to pag. 340.
2. R. Belloni, M. Moschella, D. Sicurelli, Le organizzazioni internazionali, il Mulino, Bologna 2013, ISBN 9788815244437: from pag. 9 to pag. 105; from pag. 189 to pag. 261.
mode
Lessons are held in mixed mode, both in classroom and remote mode
classRoomMode
Recommended frequency
bibliography
1. C. Cerreti, M. Marconi, P. Sellari, Spazi e poteri. Geografia politica, geografia economica, geopolitica, Editori Laterza, Bari-Roma 2019, ISBN 9788859300519.
2. M. Graziano, Geopolitica. Orientarsi nel grande disordine internazionale, il Mulino, Bologna 2019, ISBN 9788815283726.
3. N. Ronzitti, Diritto internazionale dei conflitti armati, G. Giappichellli Editore, Torino 2021, ISBN 9788892139411.
16639 - ELECTIVE COURSE
First Year / Second Semester
18
120280 -
AGNESE BERTOLOTTI
First Year / Second Semester
6
SPS/03
Learning objectives
HISTORY OF EUROPEAN INSTITUTIONS
EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES:
The course is aimed at students of Political Science and International Relations and is designed to provide an in-depth historical overview of the process of European integration from the Treaties of Rome (1957) to the birth of the single currency and the enlargement of the European Union, with the aim of providing the necessary tools to decode the current evolutionary dynamics of the European Institutions.
KNOWLEDGE AND ABILITY TO UNDERSTAND
At the end of the course, students will be able to describe and identify the different stages of the European construction that led to the Union and assess the strategies to increase its effectiveness.
APPLIED KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course, students will be able to demonstrate a certain degree of autonomy of judgement leading them to identify the historical moments or strategies most useful to the process of European integration, to define the competences of the different institutions and to understand and analyse their actions in a historically contextualised perspective.
JUDGEMENT AUTONOMY:
To have developed a capacity for critical analysis and autonomous judgement on the crises and revivals of European institutions in the process of European construction. To demonstrate the ability to critically elaborate the contents introduced and discussed in class, thus developing critically and autonomously the themes of the course and the analysis of European current affairs.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Ability to communicate effectively in oral form on the topics covered during the course of the lectures.
LEARNING SKILLS: Ability to elaborate, catalogue, schematise, summarise and rework the contents acquired during the course in a personal way.
The course aims to provide students with the tools to acquire or deepen a sound basic knowledge of European institutions. In addition to providing methodological and research indications, students will retrace the milestones of the European integration process, starting from the Schuman Declaration of 1950 and the birth of the European Communities (Rome Treaties of 1957); the subsequent treaties; the first direct election of the European Parliament (1979); the birth of the single currency; the transformation into the European Union (1992); the Lisbon Treaty of 2007; the protagonists in the history of European integration; the role of the EU in the political and economic development of the European Continent; the development of the Union institutions. The role and actions of the EU institutions in the contemporary landscape.
Particular attention is paid to the protagonists and architects of the processes of European integration; the debate on the European institutional model and its possible evolutions; the role of the institutions in the lives of citizens.
examMode
For attending and non-attending students, the exam consists of an oral interview aimed at ascertaining the candidate's overall maturity through questions on the program and on the recommended texts.
During the oral exam various questions will be asked on the different topics of the program, in order to verify the communicative, expository and critical ability of the student.
The assessment will take into account the depth and breadth of the notions learned, the property of language demonstrated in the exposition of concepts and notions, the ability to make adequate connections between the various acquired knowledge and the ability to critically relate past events to this. that happens in the contemporary world.
The evaluation will include:
- the degree of acquisition of knowledge of the topics (50% of the score)
- the ability to synthesize and correlate the various topics (30% of the score)
- the comprehension and the ability to interpret and re-elaborate (20% of the score).
books
- W. Loth, Building Europe. A History of European Unification (2015)
or
- J.P. Arnason, European Integration: Historical Trajectories, Geopolitcal Contexts (2021)
or
- Mark Gilbert, European Integration: A Political History (2020)
classRoomMode
Attendance is not compulsory. It will be possible to attend lectures both in the classroom and via the Zoom platform
bibliography
- W. Loth, Building Europe. A History of European Unification (2015)
- J.P. Arnason, European Integration: Historical Trajectories, Geopolitcal Contexts (2021)
- Mark Gilbert, European Integration: A Political History (2020)
- Klaus-Dieter Borchardt, European Integration. The Origins and Growth of European Union (1995)
MODULE II
-
8
-
-
16296 - PRIVATE LAW
STEFANO D'ANDREA
Second Year / First Semester
8
IUS/01
Learning objectives
The course aims to provide students with a comprehensive understanding of Italian private law, starting with the study of the law of persons and entities, and progressing to obligations and contracts, property, and possession. Through this study, students will be able to grasp the functioning and “ratio” of Italian civil law, enabling them to navigate legal transactions with awareness and understanding
The exam program covers the entire subject debated in the manuals of private law (including topics not addressed in class and in study groups), except for the parts concerning:
- the family law;
- the successions;
- the enterprise and the companies;
- the bank and stock exchange contracts;
- the credit instruments;
- the failure and insolvency procedures;
- the subordinate employment relationship;
- the trade union law.
examMode
The oral exam consists of four questions.
The first of these will cover a fundamental institution of private law. The student who does not respond sufficiently to the first question will be rejected and will not be able to continue the test.
As a result of the fourth question, the committee will make its assessment.
books
The student may choose to prepare the examination on one of the two texts below
indicated below:
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
The preparation of the exam must be complemented by the indispensable consultation - which must be continuous and systematic: during the lessons, in the rereading of the notes and in the months of studi preceding the exam - of a "Civil Code" (not commented with doctrine and jurisprudence) updated and accompanied by the main special laws.
We recommend the "Codice civile e leggi collegate" a cura di G. De Nova, Bologna, 2023.
classRoomMode
La frequenza alle lezioni è libera
bibliography
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
The exam program covers the entire subject debated in the manuals of private law (including topics not addressed in class and in study groups), except for the parts concerning:
- the family law;
- the successions;
- the enterprise and the companies;
- the bank and stock exchange contracts;
- the credit instruments;
- the failure and insolvency procedures;
- the subordinate employment relationship;
- the trade union law.
examMode
The oral exam consists of four questions.
The first of these will cover a fundamental institution of private law. The student who does not respond sufficiently to the first question will be rejected and will not be able to continue the test.
As a result of the fourth question, the committee will make its assessment.
books
The student may choose to prepare the examination on one of the two texts below
indicated below:
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
The preparation of the exam must be complemented by the indispensable consultation - which must be continuous and systematic: during the lessons, in the rereading of the notes and in the months of studi preceding the exam - of a "Civil Code" (not commented with doctrine and jurisprudence) updated and accompanied by the main special laws.
We recommend the "Codice civile e leggi collegate" a cura di G. De Nova, Bologna, 2023.
classRoomMode
La frequenza alle lezioni è libera
bibliography
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
The exam program covers the entire subject debated in the manuals of private law (including topics not addressed in class and in study groups), except for the parts concerning:
- the family law;
- the successions;
- the enterprise and the companies;
- the bank and stock exchange contracts;
- the credit instruments;
- the failure and insolvency procedures;
- the subordinate employment relationship;
- the trade union law.
examMode
The oral exam consists of four questions.
The first of these will cover a fundamental institution of private law. The student who does not respond sufficiently to the first question will be rejected and will not be able to continue the test.
As a result of the fourth question, the committee will make its assessment.
books
The student may choose to prepare the examination on one of the two texts below
indicated below:
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
The preparation of the exam must be complemented by the indispensable consultation - which must be continuous and systematic: during the lessons, in the rereading of the notes and in the months of studi preceding the exam - of a "Civil Code" (not commented with doctrine and jurisprudence) updated and accompanied by the main special laws.
We recommend the "Codice civile e leggi collegate" a cura di G. De Nova, Bologna, 2023.
classRoomMode
La frequenza alle lezioni è libera
bibliography
1) E. DEL PRATO, “Le basi del diritto civile”, 5. Ed., Torino, 2023.
2) A. TORRENTE, P. SCHLESINGER, "Manuale di diritto privato", a cura di F. Anelli, C. Granelli, XXVI ed., Milano, 2023.
Private law in general; its sources and methods of study; particularly the origins and developments of the Civil Code.
Legal facts and acts in general. The meaning and contents of contractual autonomy. Proof and publicity.
The legal relationship; the various fundamental legal situations.
Natural persons: legal capacity, capacity to act, protection mechanisms for those incapable; the protection of personality.
Legal persons; types of legal persons; collective entities without legal personality.
Property and real rights. Property in the Constitution, in the Code, in special laws; real rights of enjoyment; co-ownership; protection of possession. Real estate publicity.
Obligatory relationships, patrimonial liability, guarantees.
Contracts in general, with particular attention to issues of formation, interpretation, and invalidity. Major named contracts in the Code and special laws.
Non-contractual sources of obligation; management of affairs, unjust enrichment, and undue enrichment. Basic concepts of negotiable instruments.
Liability for tort.
examMode
Assessment is conducted through a series of questions, starting with general ones and then moving on to examine more specific aspects.
books
Exam preparation can be done using any university-level private law textbook, but not by using summary or condensed works (e.g., the textbook *Torrente-Schlesinger, Manuale di Diritto Privato*, edited by Granelli, Milan, latest edition). Additionally, it is essential to diligently read an updated Civil Code for the same preparation.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not mandatory, but it is strongly recommended.
bibliography
(e.g., the textbook *Torrente-Schlesinger, Manuale di Diritto Privato*, edited by Granelli, Milan, latest edition
MODULE II
-
8
-
-
17806 - ECONOMICS FOR PUBLIC SECTOR ENTERPRISES AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
ALESSANDRA STEFANONI
Second Year / First Semester
8
SECS-P/07
Learning objectives
The course aims to illustrate to the student the general characteristics of the “universal” company and the public administration. It is proposed, in particular, to identify the organizational and management logics of public administration, analyzing the main change processes that have involved the whole public administration in recent years.
Dublin Descriptors:
a) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: knowledge and understanding of the concept of "universal" company and public company.
b) APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: ability to apply the knowledge acquired and to understand and solve problems relating to the management and accounting and budget information system of companies and public administrations (with particular reference to local authorities).
c) MAKING JUDGEMENTS: ability to use the acquired knowledge on a conceptual and operational level with autonomous assessment skills and skills in the various application contexts.
d) COMMUNICATION SKILLS: acquire clear and effective communication skills, thanks to technical language typical of the discipline
e) LEARNING SKILLS: acquire adequate learning skills that allow you to independently address and deepen the main issues of the discipline. This ability will be developed through the active involvement of students through discussions in the classroom and exercises on specific topics related to the course.
The main topics are:
- The company: the reference framework, the characteristics of the universal company, the relationship between the company and the environment.
- Business management: conceptual definition and classifications, exchange relationships, economic and financial aspect of management, economic result and break even point.
- New Public Management
- Public Administrations: definition and conceptual framework, characteristic features of the PA, typical economic functions.
- The planning of public administrations: budgets, budget functions.
examMode
The level of knowledge acquired on the topics covered in the course, the candidate's ability to apply the basic logical and technical tools to investigate the structure and functioning of administrations and public companies from an business administration perspective as well as the effectiveness and clarity in the display.
books
For attending students, the exam program includes: slides and teaching material available on the moodle platform.
For non-attending students the following textbooks are recommended:
- Catturi G., Principi di Economia Aziendale, 2019, Cedam.
- Mussari R., Economia delle Amministrazioni Pubbliche, 2017, McGraw-Hill, Milano.
- Testo Unico degli Enti locali, ultima versione.
Curriculum «Investigazioni e Sicurezza» (SPRI) (7 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3.
Curriculum «Scienze Politiche» (SPRI) (8 cfu):
• G. Catturi: lezioni n. 1-2-3-4-7-8-9-10-20-21-22-23-25;
• R. Mussari: capitoli 1-2-3-4 (fino al paragrafo 4.2.3 incluso).
mode
Lectures, exercises and seminars.
classRoomMode
Attendance is not compulsory but strongly encouraged.
bibliography
N. ANGIOLA, P. BIANCHI, G. MONGELLI, Migliorare la performance delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Aracne, Roma, 2016.
M. PAOLONI, F.G. GRANDIS, La dimensione aziendale delle amministrazioni pubbliche, Giappichelli, Torino, 2007.
C. POLLIT, G. BOUCKAERT, Public Management Reform: A Comparative Analysis, Oxford University press, USA; 2 edition, 2004
120001 -
-
8
-
-
Learning objectives
The course, structured in an interdisciplinary way on two modules, aims to analyze through a frontal teaching activity, seminars and laboratories some of the most significant challenges that the technological innovation of digital networks imposes on our present time from the point of view of legal and social regulation.
EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING ABILITY
At the end of the training activity the student will be able to:
- understand and describe the impact on the social system and on the legal system of technological innovation related to digital communication networks.
- identify and describe the challenges that the technological innovation of networks poses to the processes of legal, social and political regulation;
- identify the main authors who have contributed to the study of the relationship between technological innovation of digital networks, legal regulation and social regulation.
2. APPLIED KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- reconstruct in an interdisciplinary and diachronic perspective the impact determined on the systems of social and legal regulation by the processes of technological innovation;
- summarize the main theoretical-scientific aspects of the relationship between technological innovation of networks, legal regulation and social regulation;
- define the limits and identify the critical points, in an interdisciplinary perspective, in the contemporary processes of legal and social regulation of technological innovation of networks.
3. JUDGMENT AUTONOMY
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- describe in an interdisciplinary socio-legal perspective the characteristics of technological innovation and its impact on the mechanisms of legal and social regulation
- identify and use interdisciplinary knowledge of the socio-legal field in analyzing the scenario defined by the introduction of digital technologies in the social system and in its processes of legal regulation;
- understand the connections between social dynamics and legal dynamics in the process of technological innovation of digital networks.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- use an interdisciplinary scientific vocabulary of the socio-legal field in oral presentation and writing;
- discuss concepts, situations and problems related to the relationship between technological innovation and legal-social regulation in an interdisciplinary perspective of the socio-legal field.
- work in a group, sharing and exchanging the knowledge acquired in the interdisciplinary socio-legal analysis of technological innovation.
5. LEARNING ABILITY
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- independently find and study new scientific orientations regarding the study and analysis of the relationship between technological innovation, legal regulation and social regulation.
- recover and study their interdisciplinary knowledge of the socio-legal field during their scientific maturation process and along their professional path.
120001_1 - MODULE II
LUCA MASSIDDA
Second Year / Second Semester
5
SPS/07
Learning objectives
The module aims to analyze through a seminar and laboratory activity some of the most significant challenges that technological innovation imposes on our present time from the point of view of social regulation. In particular, the course will focus on the impact that digital platforms have had and are having on the key dimensions of our social system: the economy, politics, culture.
EXPECTED LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING ABILITY
At the end of the training activity the student will be able to:
- understand and describe the impact on the social system had by technological innovation related to the spread of digital platforms
- identify and describe the challenges that technological innovation of platforms poses to the processes of social and political regulation;
- identify the main authors who have contributed to the study of the relationship between technological innovation of platforms and social regulation.
2. APPLIED KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING ABILITY
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- reconstruct in a temporal evolution perspective the impact determined on social regulation systems by technological innovation processes;
- summarize the main theoretical-scientific aspects of the relationship between technological innovation of platforms and social-political regulation;
- define the limits and identify the critical points in contemporary processes of social regulation of technological innovation of platforms.
3. JUDGMENT AUTONOMY
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- describe in sociological terms the characteristics of technological innovation and its impact on social regulation mechanisms
- identify and use sociological variables in analyzing the scenario defined by the introduction of a new technology in the social system and in its social regulation processes;
- understand the intrinsically social dimension of the technological innovation process of digital platforms.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- use the scientific vocabulary of sociology and political sociology in oral presentations and writing;
- discuss in public concepts, situations and social issues related to the relationship between technological innovation and social regulation.
- work in groups, sharing and exchanging the knowledge acquired in the context of the socio-political analysis of technological innovation.
5. LEARNING ABILITY
At the end of the training activity, the student will be able to:
- independently find and study new scientific orientations regarding the study and analysis of the relationship between technological innovation and social regulation.
- recover and study their socio-political knowledge during their scientific maturation process and along their professional path.
The objective of this module is to examine, through a seminar and workshop activity, some of the most significant challenges that technological innovation poses for our society in the present era from the perspective of social regulation. In particular, the course will focus on the impact that digital platforms have had and are having on the pivotal aspects of our social system, namely the economy, politics and culture.
EXPECTED LEARNING RESULTS
1. KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- Demonstrate an understanding of and ability to describe the impact of technological innovation linked to the spread of digital platforms on the social system.
- Identify and describe the challenges that the technological innovation of platforms poses to the processes of social and political regulation.
- Identify the main authors who have contributed to the study of the relationship between the technological innovation of platforms and social regulation.
2. APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- provide a time-evolved perspective on the impact of technological innovation on social regulation systems;
- summarise the main theoretical and scientific aspects of the relationship between the technological innovation of platforms and social-political regulation;
- define the limits and identify the critical points in contemporary processes of social regulation of technological innovation platforms.
3. MAKING JUDGMENTS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- describe in sociological terms the characteristics of technological innovation and its impact on social regulation mechanisms;
- identify and use sociological variables in analysing the scenario defined by the introduction of a new technology into the social system and its social regulation processes;
- understand the intrinsically social dimension of the process of technological innovation of digital platforms.
4. COMMUNICATION SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- utilise the scientific vocabulary of sociology and political sociology in oral presentations and written communications;
- debate in public concepts, situations and social issues related to the relationship between technological innovation and social regulation;
- collaborate in groups, sharing and exchanging knowledge acquired in the socio-political analysis of technological innovation.
5. LEARNING SKILLS
At the end of the course students will be able to:
- gain an in-depth understanding of the latest scientific approaches to studying and analysing the relationship between technological innovation and social regulation;
- enhance their socio-political knowledge as they progress in their scientific and professional careers.
examMode
It is required that each student select one of the topics addressed in one of the seminar meetings that form the structure of the module and present, orally, with the possible support of audiovisual materials, an analysis of a selected case study. During the presentation, students must demonstrate that they have acquired the required theoretical knowledge and critical capacity for the analysis of the selected case study. At the request of the lecturer and/or the student, the final assessment may be supplemented by an oral interview on the reference text indicated for the topic addressed.
books
Marco Deseriis, Piattaforme e partecipazione politica; Mondadori Università, 2024
classRoomMode
While attendance is not obligatory, students are strongly encouraged to participate in the seminars and workshop activities that precede the case study presentation. Students who are unable to attend may request to take the examination through an oral interview on a programme of texts agreed with the lecturer.
120001_2 - MODULE II
ALESSANDRO STERPA
Second Year / Second Semester
3
IUS/09
MODULE II
-
8
-
-
16383 - LABOR ORGANIZATION
TOMMASO FEDERICI
Third Year / First Semester
8
SECS-P/10
Learning objectives
Knowledge and understanding:
• Students will acquire the basic knowledge and theoretical and methodological foundations for the management of human resources in complex organizational contexts, also considering the evolutions, in progress or forthcoming, introduced by the technological innovation.
Ability to apply knowledge and understanding:
• Students will be able to apply in real organizational contexts the acquired methodological and theoretical knowledge, also through the development of a group project in which they will be prompted to make decisions while drawing a plan for progressing the management practices of an organization of their choice. They will be acquainted with some technological tools dedicated to the various human resource management activities. They will also be introduced to the methods and problems of shortage identification and research and selection of staff.
Making judgements:
• The students will be asked to express their individual judgement in several moments: when evaluating the relations between the case proposed as in-class exercise and the topic during lectures, when discussing the examined cases and specific themes during classes, during the presentation of other groups' projects. Students are then expected, at the end of the course, to be able to read a case through a theory, and to evaluate the opportunity of using a tool or a solution in a certain context.
Communications Skills:
• During the course, the students will be involved in several communication activities: discussions within their team to explain and credit their individual point of view on group project, discussions in class on the aspects of each lecture’s topic, presenting in group the lecture’s topic (when assigned), and presenting their groupwork at the course’s end. This will give the students the possibility to acquire and understand key terms and concepts related to human resource management under different perspectives, to experience oral and written communication with their different styles, and to become familiar on how to present a specific topic and a final report clearly and pointing to the main interesting aspects.
Learning skills:
• This course will contribute to empower learners in being able to explore a context under several different perspectives and considering different possible solutions. Beyond the specific subject of this course, this should give them the ability to link together a mass of different hints and points-of-view, evaluate them and exploit the combined value.
Structure of the course:
The course, designed considering the curriculum in which is included, deals with the main aspects of the organizational studies and it is structured in three parts:
• The 1st part introduces some basic elements of organization theory: Organization and organizational environment, Stakeholders and managers, Organizational differentiation and balance problems, Principles of organizational design, Control and formalization, Specialization and different structures, Organizational culture, Change management
• The 2nd part is devoted to human resources, and strategies and practices to manage them: the role of the Human Resource Management unit, job analysis and design, recruitment and selection of staff, motivation and reward, performance management, staff training and development, remuneration and rewards management
• The 3rd part tackles under an organizational perspective the theme of labour relations: formal conflict management with the personal, collective and individual bargaining, labour relations, negotiating processes, also considering the big changes undergoing
examMode
For students who attend classes
The final grade will be composed by:
• Evaluation of the teamwork outcome, to assess the acquisition of knowledge on the topics and of skills to use the analysis and design tools examined during the course (80% of final grade)
• A brief individual discussion, based on the contents of the teamwork outcome, to ascertain the level of knowledge held by the individual student (20% of final grade)
Periodically, the level of learning achieved will be assessed, through the presentation of case studies related to the topic of each lesson, and the discussion of the progress of the group project, and feedback will be provided to students at the same time.
For students who do not attend classes:
• Oral test (in english) on the whole program
books
Foreign students - either attending or not - should study on:
• NOE R. et al., Human Resource Management, McGraw-Hill
• Lectures provided by the teacher (please ask)
mode
A methodology aimed at stimulating the active participation of students (flipped classroom) is adopted:
• Students will be encouraged to propose business cases to be examined, alongside those extracted from the textbook or proposed by the teacher
• The lessons will integrate analysis and discussion of business cases, discussions on relevant topics, use of movies
• Students, grouped in teams, will also have to identify an organization of their interest (in case also a start-up) on which to carry out a design process, assisted by the teacher, involving most aspects concerning the management of human resources dealt with during classes
During the course the teacher will provide on the Moodle page of the course materials and bibliographic references (integrative lectures, texts and web pages)
Attending students will profit of the adopted methodology, which is specifically designed to involve them
classRoomMode
Optional Attendance. It is strongly recommended to be present in the classroom during the lessons in order to take an active part and benefit from the exercises that will be carried out.
Class Hours: 48
bibliography
Per approfondimenti di specifici argomenti si suggeriscono:
• SENNET R., The Corrosion of Character: The Personal Consequences of Work in the New Capitalism, Norton, 1998
• JONES G. R., Organizational Theory, Design, and Change, Pearson, 2012
• MINTZBERG H., Structure in Fives: Designing Effective Organizations, Pearson, 1992
18333 - MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS
GILDA NICOLAI
Third Year / First Semester
8
M-STO/08
Learning objectives
The student will have basic knowledge and understanding of digital document formation, management and preservation. This objective will be achieved through the use of up-to-date textbooks, interdisciplinary seminars in which the student is directly involved, and through the discussion of some of the topics related to the most recent acquisitions in the field of document information systems management.
Expected Learning Outcomes (1)
1 - The course aims to provide students with a general understanding of the evolution of the document from the traditional analog to the digital context.
2 - The student will be introduced to the theme of new digital archives, analyzing technologically advanced records management systems that are based, at the organizational level, on a solid archival theory.
Expected Learning Outcomes (2)
3 - This type of study will enable the student to develop knowledge about: digital documents, digital signatures, collation, preservation of digital archives.
4 - The student will be able to communicate with ownership and with appropriate terminology, both orally and in written text, issues related to the management of digital documents, also through the methodological tools acquired he will be able to evaluate the different types of document management systems.
5 - In addition to the traditional didactics, the continuous solicitation of the student to intervene in the discussions during the frontal lessons and in the illustration of the case studies, represents the most appropriate way to achieve comprehension skills.
The teaching program includes the presentation and discussion of the following topics: definition and critical analysis of the main archival concepts in a digital environment, in-depth analysis of the
in-depth analysis of the archival, organizational and technological functional requirements for computerized records management and preservation, the function of international standards (ISO 15489, ISO 23081, ISO 16363) and European recommendations (MoReq), Analysis of the principles and tools for digital preservation and of the results of the main research projects in this field, Analysis of the Italian legislation on computerized records management and digital preservation.
examMode
-The profit examination consists of an oral test and a written paper.
-The level of knowledge acquired on the topics covered in the course, the ability of the candidate to critically apply this knowledge to problems and case studies addressed, as well as the effective clarity of exposure will be evaluated. The evaluation will be expressed in thirtieths, with possible honors. The minimum grade for passing the exam is eighteen thirtieths.
books
Texts adopted:
. Bonfiglio-Dosio, Primi passi nel mondo degli archivi, Cleup, 2023
S. Pigliapoco, Documentare archiviare conoscere. Formare e conservare la memoria nel contesto digitale, Civita editoriale, 2022
mode
The teacher will use:
(a) frontal lectures; (b) thematic in-depth studies proposed to the students (organization in small groups to discuss, analyze and report in the classroom the results achieved)
classRoomMode
Since case studies and group work will be analyzed in the classroom, attendance is strongly recommended. Students unable to attend the course on an ongoing basis may contact the instructor to arrange a specific exam schedule.
bibliography
Reference bibliography:
P. CARUCCI, M. GUERCIO, Manuale di Archivistica, nuova edizione, Carocci, 2021
S. PIGLIAPOCO, Progetto archivio digitale. Metodologia, sistemi, professionalità, Civita editoriale, 2016.
S. PIGLIAPOCO, Guida alla gestione informatica dei documenti, Civita editoriale, 2020
Informativa
This site and third parties use cookies or similar technologies as specified in the cookie policy.
You can consent to the use of such technologies by accepting this notice. Accept RejectConsent Preferences
Consent Preferences
Privacy Overview
This website uses cookies to enhance your experience while browsing the site. Among these cookies, those categorized as necessary are stored on your browser because they are essential for the functioning of basic website features. We also use third-party cookies to help us analyze and understand how you use this website. These cookies will be stored on your browser only with your consent. You also have the option to opt-out of these cookies. However, opting out of some of these cookies might affect your browsing experience.
Necessary cookies are absolutely essential for the website to function properly. These cookies ensure basic functionalities and security features of the website, anonymously.
Cookie
Duration
Description
ASP.NET_SessionId
session
Issued by Microsoft's ASP.NET Application, this cookie stores session data during a user's website visit.
cookielawinfo-checkbox-advertisement
1 year
Set by the GDPR Cookie Consent plugin, this cookie records the user consent for the cookies in the "Advertisement" category.
cookielawinfo-checkbox-analytics
11 months
This cookie is set by GDPR Cookie Consent plugin. The cookie is used to store the user consent for the cookies in the category "Analytics".
cookielawinfo-checkbox-functional
11 months
The cookie is set by GDPR cookie consent to record the user consent for the cookies in the category "Functional".
cookielawinfo-checkbox-necessary
11 months
This cookie is set by GDPR Cookie Consent plugin. The cookies is used to store the user consent for the cookies in the category "Necessary".
cookielawinfo-checkbox-performance
11 months
This cookie is set by GDPR Cookie Consent plugin. The cookie is used to store the user consent for the cookies in the category "Performance".
CookieLawInfoConsent
1 year
CookieYes sets this cookie to record the default button state of the corresponding category and the status of CCPA. It works only in coordination with the primary cookie.
csrftoken
1 year
This cookie is associated with Django web development platform for python. Used to help protect the website against Cross-Site Request Forgery attacks
wpEmojiSettingsSupports
session
WordPress sets this cookie when a user interacts with emojis on a WordPress site. It helps determine if the user's browser can display emojis properly.
Advertisement cookies are used to provide visitors with relevant ads and marketing campaigns. These cookies track visitors across websites and collect information to provide customized ads.
Cookie
Duration
Description
NID
6 months
Google sets the cookie for advertising purposes; to limit the number of times the user sees an ad, to unwanted mute ads, and to measure the effectiveness of ads.
VISITOR_INFO1_LIVE
6 months
YouTube sets this cookie to measure bandwidth, determining whether the user gets the new or old player interface.
VISITOR_PRIVACY_METADATA
6 months
YouTube sets this cookie to store the user's cookie consent state for the current domain.
YSC
session
Youtube sets this cookie to track the views of embedded videos on Youtube pages.
yt-remote-connected-devices
never
YouTube sets this cookie to store the user's video preferences using embedded YouTube videos.
yt-remote-device-id
never
YouTube sets this cookie to store the user's video preferences using embedded YouTube videos.
yt.innertube::nextId
never
YouTube sets this cookie to register a unique ID to store data on what videos from YouTube the user has seen.
yt.innertube::requests
never
YouTube sets this cookie to register a unique ID to store data on what videos from YouTube the user has seen.
Analytical cookies are used to understand how visitors interact with the website. These cookies help provide information on metrics the number of visitors, bounce rate, traffic source, etc.
Cookie
Duration
Description
_ga
1 year 1 month 4 days
Google Analytics sets this cookie to calculate visitor, session and campaign data and track site usage for the site's analytics report. The cookie stores information anonymously and assigns a randomly generated number to recognise unique visitors.
_ga_*
1 year 1 month 4 days
Google Analytics sets this cookie to store and count page views.
Functional cookies help to perform certain functionalities like sharing the content of the website on social media platforms, collect feedbacks, and other third-party features.
Cookie
Duration
Description
wp-wpml_current_language
session
WordPress multilingual plugin sets this cookie to store the current language/language settings.
Performance cookies are used to understand and analyze the key performance indexes of the website which helps in delivering a better user experience for the visitors.
